From f7760b4dea247b3d341e1a4680892a6a4cd1002e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Sat, 19 Aug 2023 16:50:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Merge christopherrsmith-tc-create-1 into master by christopherrsmith (#3451) --- tn_1JN.tsv | 89 +++--- tn_2JN.tsv | 19 +- tn_3JN.tsv | 17 +- tn_JOB.tsv | 822 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 4 files changed, 532 insertions(+), 415 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 048c2ca7ab..4c781d0135 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:1 rb73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” 1:1 j001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν & καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” 1:1 j002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν & αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. -1:1 j003 περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” +1:1 j003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” 1:1 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” 1:1 gt44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” 1:1 j005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζωῆς 1 This could be referring either to the **life** that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:7 j033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας 1 John is speaking of **sin** as if it made a person dirty and of the **blood** of Jesus as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “takes away all of our sin” 1:7 jb3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. 1:8 j034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have no sin. Then we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us” -1:8 enu7 ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν 1 Alternate translation: “we never sin” 1:8 m8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν 1 John speaks of those who say this as if they were guides who were leading people—themselves, actually—in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “we are deceiving ourselves” 1:8 tt51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John speaks of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” 1:8 j035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” @@ -78,9 +77,9 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:10 j042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is using the term **word** to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” 1:10 m3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” 2:intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)\n2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)\n\nIn order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Antichrist\n\nIn [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -2:1 j043 τεκνία μου 1 Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. Alternate translation: “My dear children” +2:1 j043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τεκνία μου 1 Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. The ULT shows this by adding the word **little**. If your language has diminutive forms, you may wish to use one here. You could also express the meaning of the diminutive as a term of endearment. Alternate translation: “My dear children” 2:1 v57g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” -2:1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter” +2:1 p49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα γράφω 1 Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter” 2:1 j044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” 2:1 bi4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” 2:1 stj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” @@ -93,12 +92,12 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:3 j049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” 2:3 ubc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If your language would not use a conditional statement with **if** for something that is true, you could express the same idea using a word like “by” or another way. Alternate translation: “there is a way to be sure that we truly know God. This is by obeying his commandments” 2:3 j050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know that” -2:3 el7q γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” +2:3 el7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” 2:3 j051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 2:3 qn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded” 2:4 j052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ λέγων, ὅτι ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I have a close relationship with God,’ but he does not obey what God has commanded. Then that person is a liar” -2:4 kmz5 ὁ λέγων 1 Alternate translation: “Anyone who says” or “The person who says” -2:4 q665 ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν 1 As in the second instance in [2:3](../02/03.md), John is using the word **know** in the sense of knowing someone by personal experience. Alternate translation: “I know God very well” +2:4 kmz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λέγων 1 By **one**, John does not have a specific person in mind. He means anyone who says this. Alternate translation: “Anyone who says” or “The person who says” +2:4 q665 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν 1 As in the second instance in [2:3](../02/03.md), John is using the word **know** in the sense of knowing someone by personal experience. Alternate translation: “I know God very well” 2:4 j053 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 2:4 j054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” 2:4 qp1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μὴ τηρῶν 1 In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey” or “disobeys” @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:9 j4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 2:9 j070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 2:9 mp9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “is doing what is wrong” -2:9 j071 ἕως ἄρτι 1 Alternate translation: “still” 2:10 j072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 John is suggesting a further hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone does love his fellow believers. Then he is genuinely doing what is right” 2:10 j073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” 2:10 j074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” @@ -154,12 +152,12 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:11 y5cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 This is a continuation of the metaphor of walking as a figurative description of how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “he does not know the right way to live” 2:11 j081 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 John is using blindness to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” 2:12 in8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12–14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12–14, and this group would represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” -2:12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that” +2:12 y00g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that” 2:12 ed41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” 2:12 j082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” 2:12 yjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the **name** of Jesus to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” 2:13 kue2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) mature believers or (2) church leaders -2:13 y1vm ἐγνώκατε 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you know very well” +2:13 y1vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you know very well” 2:13 wmt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to Jesus or possibly to God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” 2:13 wg4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νεανίσκοι 1 Here, **young men** is likely a figurative description of a part of the group of believers. It probably refers to people who have become strong in their faith, even if they are not yet as mature as those in the group of **fathers**, since **young men** are in the time of life when they are strong and vigorous. Alternate translation: “strong believers” 2:13 j083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations νεανίσκοι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is likely using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “strong believers” @@ -170,10 +168,10 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:14 j087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Πατέρα 1 In some Bibles, this sentence comes at the end of [2:13](../02/13.md) instead of at the beginning of this verse. The verse divisions were introduced to the Bible many centuries after its books were written, and their purpose is only to help readers find things easily. So the placement of this sentence, either at the start of this verse or at the end of the previous one, does not create any significant difference in meaning. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the placement in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the placement in the ULT text. 2:14 j088 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs ἔγραψα ὑμῖν 1 By saying **I have written**, John is expressing himself slightly differently than in [2:12–13](../02/12.md), where he says, “I am writing.” The difference is likely only for emphasis, as John looks back at what he has just said and indicates that he is saying it again. However, if your language distinguishes between the present and present perfect tenses, it would be appropriate to show the difference in your translation. 2:14 j089 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παιδία 1 While **young children** is a different term from “little children” in [2:12](../02/12.md), it means the same thing. See how you translated the similar term there. Alternate translation: “who are like my own children” or “new believers” -2:14 j090 ἐγνώκατε 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there and in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are very close with” +2:14 j090 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there and in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are very close with” 2:14 j091 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 2:14 j092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 The term **fathers** likely has the same figurative meaning as in [2:13](../02/13.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” -2:14 j093 ἐγνώκατε 2 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), [2:13](../02/13.md), and earlier in this verse, John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you are very close with” +2:14 j093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 2 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), [2:13](../02/13.md), and earlier in this verse, John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you are very close with” 2:14 j094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to Jesus or possibly to God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter, in [2:13](../02/13.md), and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” 2:14 j095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νεανίσκοι 1 The term **young men** likely has the same figurative meaning here as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “strong believers” 2:14 j096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations νεανίσκοι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is likely using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “strong believers” @@ -193,7 +191,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:16 j104 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “everything that characterizes the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” 2:16 pz3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς 1 John is using the term **flesh** to mean the physical human body, which is made of **flesh**. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure” 2:16 x124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 John is using the term **eyes** to mean the ability to see. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have the things that we see” -2:16 j105 ἡ ἀλαζονία τοῦ βίου 1 John is likely using the Greek term that ULT translates as **life** in one of its specific senses, to mean “possessions,” as in [3:17](../03/17.md). Alternate translation: “pride in one’s possessions” +2:16 j105 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἀλαζονία τοῦ βίου 1 John is likely using the Greek term that ULT translates as **life** in one of its specific senses, to mean “possessions,” as in [3:17](../03/17.md). Alternate translation: “pride in one’s possessions” 2:16 c3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν 1 See how you translated the term **world** in [2:15](../02/15.md). It has a similar meaning in this verse. Alternate translation: “does not represent how God the Father wants us to live, but instead comes from an ungodly value system” 2:16 j106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 2:17 j107 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated the term **world** in [2:15](../02/15.md). It has a similar meaning in this verse. Alternate translation: “the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” @@ -214,7 +212,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:19 jin1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” 2:19 j115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” 2:19 j116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you can express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” -2:19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group” 2:20 j118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” 2:20 i3m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anointing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” 2:20 j119 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 The word **anointing** refers to the practice, seen often in the Old Testament, of pouring oil on a person to set that person apart to serve God. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it specifically in your translation. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has poured oil on you to set you apart to serve him” @@ -227,8 +224,8 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:21 r8yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν & ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” 2:21 j124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ἀλήθειαν & ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 John is likely referring to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” 2:21 j125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” -2:21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by clarifying it by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth” -2:21 nruw ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 This second occurrence of **the truth** could refer to: (1) The same as the first occurrence. Alternate translation: “part of God’s true message” (2) God, who is the source of all truth. Alternate translation: “from God, the One who is true” +2:21 j126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject of this phrase negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth” +2:21 nruw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 This second occurrence of **the truth** could refer to: (1) The same as the first occurrence. Alternate translation: “part of God’s true message” (2) God, who is the source of all truth. Alternate translation: “from God, the One who is true” 2:22 d71l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 John is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” 2:22 d4u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 For emphasis, John is using a double negative in Greek, specifically, a negative verb (**denies**) with a negative particle, “not.” In English, it would come out as “the one who denies that Jesus is not the Christ.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. But in English, the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative. It leaves out “not” and says **the one denying that Jesus is the Christ**. However, if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. 2:22 j128 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 John is not referring here to the ultimate **antichrist** who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” @@ -245,7 +242,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:24 j132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 John is describing a conditional situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “As long as what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, then you will also remain in the Son and in the Father” 2:24 ty7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you will also continue to have a close relationship with the Son and with the Father” 2:24 j133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ & τῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles for Jesus and God, respectively. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” -2:25 llj2 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν 1 If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **promise** and the verb **promised**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us” +2:25 llj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of expressing this. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us” 2:25 j134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” 2:25 id51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” 2:26 fe44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 John speaks of these people as if they were guides who were **leading** others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” @@ -256,12 +253,11 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:27 j137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 John is using the word **and** to introduce the results of what he says in the previous part of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and so” 2:27 j138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτοῦ χρῖσμα 1 See how you translated **his anointing** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “his Spirit” 2:27 tb5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole περὶ πάντων 1 This is a generalization for emphasis. If this is confusing in your language, you can be more specific. Alternate translation: “about the things that you need to know” -2:27 j139 ἀληθές ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ψεῦδος 1 Alternate translation: “tells the truth and does not lie” 2:27 j140 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς 1 Since the Spirit is a person, if you translate **anointing** as “Spirit” in this verse, it may also be more appropriate in your language to use a personal pronoun in this clause. Alternate translation: “he has taught you” or “the Spirit has taught you” 2:27 wr63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” 2:27 j141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 John is speaking as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” 2:28 co6g rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 28. Suggested heading: “Children of God” -2:28 tii1 καὶ νῦν 1 John uses the expression **And now** to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and about the return of Jesus. In your translation, you could use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic. +2:28 tii1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ νῦν 1 John uses the expression **And now** to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and about the return of Jesus. In your translation, you could use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic. 2:28 kjn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 John readdresses the recipients as he begins a new section of the letter. See how you translated **little children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” 2:28 j142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” 2:28 j143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & ἐὰν φανερωθῇ & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. @@ -270,7 +266,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:28 lnk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” 2:28 d4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” 2:28 j145 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” -2:28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth” 2:29 j146 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” 2:29 j147 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐστιν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” 2:29 j148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” @@ -278,14 +273,13 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:29 j149 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” 3:intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)\n2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)\n\nThis does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 3:1 gl8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 John is using the term **See**. Alternate translation: “Consider” -3:1 j150 ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us” 3:1 j151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 3:1 x99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” 3:1 j362 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” 3:1 j152 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. 3:1 fq4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” 3:1 l5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” -3:1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς & οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him” +3:1 j155 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς & οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him” 3:1 j156 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” 3:1 j157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” 3:2 ek9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 See how you translated **Beloved** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” @@ -298,7 +292,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:3 pj6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** here does not refer to **everyone**; it refers to Jesus. The expression **this hope** refers to the hope that John describes in the previous verse, of seeing Jesus as he is. Alternate translation: “everyone who hopes to see Jesus as he really is” 3:3 j163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & ἐκεῖνος 1 These pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus” 3:4 j164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lawlessness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Everyone who commits sin is also breaking God’s law. Indeed, sin is breaking God’s law” -3:4 j165 πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why John gives this warning. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Suggested footnote: “The false teachers were saying that it does not matter what people do in their physical bodies. In this way, they were tempting the people to sin.” +3:4 j165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why John gives this warning. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Suggested footnote: “The false teachers were saying that it does not matter what people do in their physical bodies. In this way, they were tempting the people to sin.” 3:5 j166 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος & ἄρῃ & αὐτῷ 1 The pronouns **that one**, **he**, and **him** refer to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. 3:5 g4ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκεῖνος ἐφανερώθη 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to earth” 3:5 j167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 John speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that could be inside of Jesus, although he is emphasizing that **sin** is not in Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has never sinned” @@ -313,7 +307,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:7 v4yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “The one who does what is right” 3:7 j173 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” 3:7 j174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” -3:8 uja7 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 Here the preposition **from** indicates influence. The usage here is similar to that in the phrase “from the world” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “is acting under the influence of the devil” +3:8 uja7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 Here the preposition **from** indicates influence. The usage here is similar to that in the phrase “from the world” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “is acting under the influence of the devil” 3:8 cit3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when God created the world. In this case, the word **from** indicates not that the devil began to sin at that time, but that he had already begun to sin by that time. Alternate translation: “even before the world was created” 3:8 p9ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” 3:8 nq4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md), that Jesus came to earth. It does not mean that he only appeared to come. Alternate translation: “came to earth” @@ -334,7 +328,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:11 j183 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first heard about or first believed in Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “ever since you first heard about Jesus” 3:12 frz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” 3:12 w83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Κάϊν & ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John assumes that his readers will know that **Cain** was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger **brother** Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” -3:12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one” +3:12 j185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one” 3:12 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” 3:12 j187 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 John is speaking of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” 3:12 b1xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 John is using a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” @@ -343,7 +337,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:13 wc1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 See how you translated **brothers** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “my friends” 3:13 lq9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes, as in [3:1](../03/01.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “if ungodly people hate you” 3:14 j189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we love the brothers, we know that we have relocated from death into life” -3:14 gc6e ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 Be sure that your translation does not communicate that loving the brothers is what causes people to pass from death to life. Alternate translation: “The way that we know that we have relocated from death into life is because we love the brothers” 3:14 fs1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 John is speaking of the conditions of being dead and alive as if they were physical locations between which a person could move. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead but have become alive” 3:14 ybc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 Since John and his readers were not literally dead, he is referring to spiritual **death** and to spiritual **life**. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead spiritually but have become alive spiritually” 3:14 j190 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 See how you translated **the brothers** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” @@ -351,7 +344,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:14 qa7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it means staying in the same place. John is once again speaking of the state of **death** as if it were a location. Alternate translation: “remains dead spiritually” 3:15 mqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 John is using the term **murderer**, and he is echoing the teaching of Jesus that is recorded in Matthew [5:21–22](../05/21.md). John means that since people commit murder because they hate other people, anyone who hates is the same on the inside as someone who actually kills another person. It may be helpful to translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Whoever hates another believer is just like someone who kills a person” 3:15 j192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” -3:15 j193 πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life” +3:15 j193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life” 3:15 j194 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Since John is speaking of a present reality, by **eternal life** he does not mean living forever in the presence of God after death, which is one thing that this expression can describe. Rather, he means the regenerating power that God gives to believers in this life that helps them to stop sinning and to do what pleases him. Clearly, anyone who is a **murderer** does not have this power at work in him. Alternate translation: “the power that God gives to help us become new people” 3:15 s3aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the term literally, in the sense of “residing,” to depict **eternal life** as if it were a living thing that could actively reside within a person. Alternate translation: “has not received eternal life” 3:16 j195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην 1 **In this we have known** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have come to understand what love is” @@ -362,7 +355,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:17 j199 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὃς & ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου 1 John uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation, which he discusses over the course of the whole verse. He is not talking about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could restate this as in the UST. 3:17 nlj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου 1 In this letter, John uses **world** to mean various things. Here it refers to the created world, and so to material things such as, in this context, money, food, and clothing. Alternate translation: “material possessions” 3:17 j200 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” -3:17 b6lh χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 Alternate translation: “who needs help” 3:17 zql1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This is an idiom in which the **entrails** or internal organs represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the plain meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “refuses to have compassion on him” or “declines to help him” 3:17 l8u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” 3:17 j201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” @@ -375,7 +367,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:18 j205 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 John is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **truth** indicates the quality that loving **in deed** would have. Alternate translation: “truly, in actions” 3:19 d70n rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 19. Suggested heading: “Have Confidence When You Pray” 3:19 j206 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα & καὶ & πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” -3:19 k2rv ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** could refer either to: (1) What John has just said in verse 18. Alternate translation: “If we do that” (2) What John is about to say in verse 20. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how” +3:19 k2rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** could refer either to: (1) What John has just said in verse 18. Alternate translation: “If we do that” (2) What John is about to say in verse 20. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how” 3:19 j207 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” 3:19 j208 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism γνωσόμεθα, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ & πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” 3:19 qx9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. Alternate translation: “we are conducting our lives according to the true message” @@ -417,20 +409,20 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:1 a7h4 rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “Recognizing the Spirit of God” 4:1 h1lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 See how you translated **Beloved** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” 4:1 zm7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα 1 John is speaking of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “do not believe every prophet; instead, consider carefully what prophets say” -4:1 j234 εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 John uses the expression **from God** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to origin. Alternate translation: “in order to determine whether God has sent them” or “in order to determine whether God is inspiring them” +4:1 j234 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 John uses the expression **from God** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to origin. Alternate translation: “in order to determine whether God has sent them” or “in order to determine whether God is inspiring them” 4:1 x71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “to see whether they are from God or whether they are not from God” 4:1 j235 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “are out there speaking to people” 4:2 j236 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how you can recognize” 4:2 j237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ 1 John is speaking of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “Every prophet who teaches” 4:2 e6ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 As in [2:16](../02/16.md), John is using the term **flesh** to mean the physical human body, which is made of **flesh**. See Part 2 of the Introduction to 1 John for an explanation of why the false teachers denied that Jesus had a human body. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” -4:2 j238 ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” +4:2 j238 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” 4:3 j239 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “every prophet who does not teach” 4:3 j240 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Ἰησοῦν 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **Jesus** here or to follow the reading of some other manuscripts and say “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh.” 4:3 j241 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 If you follow the variant reading “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh,” see how you translated that expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” 4:3 j242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Even if you do not follow the reading of the textual variant here, you may wish to explain more fully what John means by **Jesus** in this context in order to make the implied information explicit for your readers. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” -4:3 j243 ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is not inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” +4:3 j243 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is not inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” 4:3 cda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 The word **that** most likely means “the spirit,” referring back to the word **spirit** in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “this is the spirit of the antichrist” -4:3 j244 τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 Assuming that the word **that** means “the spirit,” see the discussion of the word “spirit” in the General Notes to this chapter. In this instance, John is referring to either: (1) the characteristic attitude of something, or (2) a supernatural being who inspires that attitude. Also see how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “this false teaching is opposed to Jesus” +4:3 j244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 Assuming that the word **that** means “the spirit,” see the discussion of the word “spirit” in the General Notes to this chapter. In this instance, John is referring to either: (1) the characteristic attitude of something, or (2) a supernatural being who inspires that attitude. Also see how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “this false teaching is opposed to Jesus” 4:3 j245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη 1 The word **which** refers to the **spirit** of **the antichrist**, which was already **in the world** at the time when John wrote, and not to **the antichrist** himself, who was not **in the world**. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You have heard that this false teaching is coming, and it is now already circulating among people” 4:3 j246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here, while it could possibly mean the literal earth (so this expression would mean “on this earth”), it more likely refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “circulating among people” 4:4 j247 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστε 1 The expression **from God** means something different in this verse than in the previous three verses, since it refers to believers rather than to the spirits that are inspiring prophets. It means the same thing as in [3:10](../03/10.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “You belong to God” or “You are living in relationship with God” @@ -438,7 +430,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:4 avj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νενικήκατε αὐτούς 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [2:14](../02/14.md), John is using the word **overcome**. He is speaking of the believers’ refusal to believe the false prophets as if the believers had defeated these prophets in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you have refused to believe these false teachers” 4:4 j248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” 4:4 j5ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 As in [3:24](../03/24.md), John is speaking as if God could be inside of believers. Alternate translation: “God, with whom you have a close relationship,” -4:4 j249 μείζων & ἢ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, for this context you could use a more specific word than **greater**. Alternate translation: “stronger than” 4:4 tp4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 The phrase **in the world** here and in [4:5](../04/05.md) seems to have a different meaning than in [4:1](../04/01.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md). There, it refers to location, so when John says in [4:3](../04/03.md) that the spirit of the antichrist is “in the world,” it means “on this earth” or “circulating among people.” But here, John seems to be using the term **world** to mean the value system that is opposed to God. In that case, the phrase **the one in the world** would refer to the devil by association with the way that he inspires that system. Alternate translation: “the devil” 4:5 y2z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν; διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λαλοῦσιν 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here in these first two instances, it refers to the system of values shared by people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “These false teachers are influenced by the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God. As a result, they express the perspectives of that system” 4:5 j252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “These false teachers” @@ -447,7 +438,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:6 j254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 The pronouns **We** and **us** in this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). 4:6 j328 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 Here, **from God** could mean: (1) that John and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (2) the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “We belong to God” 4:6 j256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, either here or in a footnote you could state explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” -4:6 j257 ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knowing** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God” +4:6 j257 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knowing** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God” 4:6 j258 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” 4:6 j259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” 4:6 j260 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν 1 This is an idiomatic expression. It means the same thing as the expression “in this we know” which John uses several times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can recognize” @@ -460,9 +451,9 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:7 c6w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” 4:7 ec73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” 4:7 zvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” -4:7 j264 καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God” +4:7 j264 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God” 4:8 j265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” -4:8 j266 οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God” +4:8 j266 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God” 4:8 kti1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” 4:8 j267 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” 4:9 i2b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” @@ -471,10 +462,8 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:9 y4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” 4:9 j269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came **so that we might live through him**, and **we** in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. 4:9 j270 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” -4:9 j271 τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Alternate translation: “who is God’s only actual Child” or “his only one” 4:9 j272 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the created world. Alternate translation: “to this earth” 4:9 wxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Since people were already literally alive before Jesus came, John means this in a figurative sense. He is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). That includes both living forever in the presence of God after death and receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “so that through him we might receive power from God to live as new people in this life and to live forever in God’s presence after we die” -4:9 j273 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “as a result of what he did for us” 4:10 v1zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have experienced genuine love” 4:10 bnve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **love** by stating the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” 4:10 j274 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” @@ -485,11 +474,11 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:12 j275 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 John is speaking of a real situation as if it were a hypothetical condition. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is already real, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not real, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But as we love each other, God remains in us, and his love is perfected in us” or “But we do love each other, so that means that God remains in us, and his love is perfected in us” 4:12 sh9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “God continues to have a close relationship with us” 4:12 vt14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). In this case, it is clear that John is referring to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” -4:13 gj7p ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 This verse is very similar to the second half of [3:24](../03/24.md). See how you translated that verse. **In this** may set up an awkward sentence in your language. If so, try wording it in other ways. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that we remain in him, and he in us: He has given us of his Spirit” or “We know that we remain in him, and he in us, because he has given us of his Spirit” +4:13 gj7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 The expression **In this** introduces a note of assurance that contrasts with the idea in the previous verse, ”No one has ever seen God.” This verse is very similar to the second half of [3:24](../03/24.md). See how you translated that verse. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, this is how we know that we remain in him, and he in us: He has given us of his Spirit” or “But we know that we remain in him, and he in us, because he has given us of his Spirit” 4:13 j276 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that” 4:13 m69h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 In the expression **and he in us**, John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “we remain in him and he remains in us” 4:13 yv6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “we continue to have a close relationship with God, and God continues to have a close relationship with us” -4:13 dge3 ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 The word **of** here means “some of.” However, God’s Spirit is not something that can be divided. Rather, John is saying that God is sharing his Spirit with us. God’s Spirit can be in many places, and he is fully present in every place. John is saying that through his Spirit, God is fully present in the entire community, and that each believer experiences some of that full presence of God through the presence of the Spirit in his own life. Be sure that it is also clear in your translation that God does not have less of his Spirit now that each of us has some. Alternate translation: “he has sent his Spirit to live in each of us” +4:13 dge3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 The word **of** here means “some of.” However, God’s Spirit is not something that can be divided. Rather, John is saying that God is sharing his Spirit with us. God’s Spirit can be in many places, and he is fully present in every place. John is saying that through his Spirit, God is fully present in the entire community, and that each believer experiences some of that full presence of God through the presence of the Spirit in his own life. Be sure that it is also clear in your translation that God does not have less of his Spirit now that each of us has some. Alternate translation: “he has sent his Spirit to live in each of us” 4:14 w6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, ὅτι 1 In this verse, John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses of the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “we apostles have seen and bear witness to the fact that” 4:14 m7cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father … Jesus his Son” 4:14 j277 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “to save the people in the world” @@ -510,13 +499,13 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:17 j282 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” 4:17 j283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” 4:17 j284 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 John is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges us” -4:17 j285 ὅτι 1 The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.” +4:17 j285 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.” 4:17 l78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” 4:17 j286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” 4:18 j287 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” 4:18 sq7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” 4:18 j288 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 John speaks as if **Fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” -4:18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” +4:18 j290 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” 4:18 bu17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 John speaks of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” 4:18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished” 4:18 yg1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life” @@ -529,13 +518,11 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:20 tfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 4:20 a8zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὁ & μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ & τὸν Θεὸν & οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” 4:20 xssu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you could not even see.” -4:21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us” 4:21 j298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” 4:21 jrd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” 4:21 j299 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” 5:intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n2. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “a sin toward death”\n\nIt is not entirely clear what John means by this phrase. The word “death” could refer either to physical death or to spiritual death, which is eternal separation from God. See the further discussion in the notes to [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\n### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”\n\nThe phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but, ultimately, God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\nIn [5:7–8](../05/07.md), all ancient manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify, the Spirit and the water and the blood, and the three are unto the one.” That is the reading that ULT follows. Some much later manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one; and there are three who testify on earth: the Spirit and the water and the blood, and these three are unto the one.” In this case, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT text does, since there is wide agreement that it follows the accurate reading. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that have the longer reading, you could include it, but you should put it inside square brackets [ ] and indicate in a footnote that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 5:1 ex42 rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “Jesus is the Messiah and Son of God” -5:1 j300 ὁ Χριστὸς 1 **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “the Messiah” 5:1 j301 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” 5:1 h8if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” 5:1 j302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 John includes this short saying to teach something that is generally true about life and that applies to the point he has been developing since [4:7](../04/07.md), that genuine believers love one another as God has loved them. Use the natural form in your language for a true saying. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves a father also loves that father’s child” @@ -566,7 +553,6 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:6 j312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as UST does. 5:6 fgl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 John is using a metaphor that pictures **water and blood** conveying Jesus to us or Jesus coming to us through water and through blood. The meaning is that Jesus became our Savior as he experienced baptism in water and submitted himself to death on the cross. Alternate translation “as our Savior, undergoing baptism and death” 5:6 x777 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 If it sounds confusing in your language to say **not in water … but in water**, you could reword this to avoid repeating the phrase **in water**. Alternate translation: “not in water alone, but also in blood” -5:6 j313 τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν 1 Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives us assurance about this” 5:6 j314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” 5:7 j315 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 In this statement, John reaffirms that the three things that he mentions in verse [6](../05/06.md) give us confidence that Jesus is the Son of God and came from him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So there are three who testify that Jesus is God’s Son and came from him” 5:7 j316 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets [ ] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. @@ -578,7 +564,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:9 j323 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that could include both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” 5:9 k2de rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 The word **greater** implicitly means that the testimony of God is more reliable than human testimony since God knows everything and God always tells the truth. Alternate translation: “the testimony of God is more reliable” 5:9 nxq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “we should certainly receive the testimony of God since it is greater” or “we should certainly believe God when he gives testimony since his testimony is even more reliable” -5:9 j324 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **For** could be introducing: (1) the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, the content itself comes in [5:11](../05/11.md) after he repeats, “this is the testimony.” Verse 10 talks about the importance of believing God’s testimony. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God himself has given regarding his Son” (2) the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony. Alternate translation: “After all, this is God who has told us about his own Son.” +5:9 j324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **For** could be introducing: (1) the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, the content itself comes in [5:11](../05/11.md) after he repeats, “this is the testimony.” Verse 10 talks about the importance of believing God’s testimony. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God himself has given regarding his Son” (2) the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony. Alternate translation: “After all, this is God who has told us about his own Son.” 5:9 ro4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) God’s testimony, which John says in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will tell you what God’s testimony is” (2) the three testimonies from [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “those things are the testimony of God” 5:9 gt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” 5:10 f7w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 This verse comes in between John’s two introductions of God’s testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you can state something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. @@ -588,8 +574,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:10 gkj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 John speaks of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” 5:10 j327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **testimony** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” 5:10 j255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” -5:10 sii2 τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son” -5:11 bi7k αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son” +5:10 sii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language. Alternatively, your language may have another way of saying this. Alternate translation: “what God has testified about his Son” or "the testimony that God has given about his son" 5:11 rhpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. 5:11 u1w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 John speaks of **life** as if it were an object that was inside Jesus. Alternate translation: “God gave us eternal life, which people receive by believing in his Son Jesus” 5:11 k2qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means two things at once. It means receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way, and it also means living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression in [4:9](../04/09.md). @@ -605,16 +590,14 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:14 j332 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” 5:14 yj31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” 5:14 j333 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτοῦ & ἀκούει 1 The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “God” in one or more of these instances. -5:14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “if we ask for the things that God wants for us” 5:14 j334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom. However, the meaning here is different than the meaning there, which was, “is persuaded by.” Rather, here it refers to God being willing to grant what we ask. Alternate translation: “he is willing to give it to us” 5:15 j335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a possibility if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since we know that he listens to us” 5:15 j336 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 As in [5:14](../05/14.md), the word **listens** is an idiom. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “he is willing to give us what we ask for” 5:15 j337 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 It may be helpful to repeat the condition that John specifies in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is disposed to give us what we ask for if it is according to his will” 5:15 j338 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀκούει & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be more natural in your language to use the name “God” for **he** and to say **him** later in the verse. -5:15 ev49 οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “we know that we will receive what we have asked God for” 5:16 j339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. 5:16 sc1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” -5:16 j340 ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 If it is unnatural in your language to use both the verb **sinning** and the noun **sin**, you could use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “committing a sin” +5:16 j340 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of expressing this. Alternate translation: “committing a sin” 5:16 j341 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον & τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον & ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 The word **death** in this verse and the next refers to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … for those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” 5:16 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” 5:16 j343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person’s prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God’s instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” @@ -626,7 +609,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:18 j347 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “everyone whose father is God” 5:18 j348 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “everyone whose spiritual father is God” 5:18 j349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” -5:18 j350 ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is a description of Jesus, whom John calls “the only-begotten” in [4:9](../04/09.md). See how you translated that expression there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, God’s actual Son” +5:18 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is a description of Jesus, whom John calls “the only-begotten” in [4:9](../04/09.md). See how you translated that expression there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, God’s actual Son” 5:18 j351 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” 5:18 l7h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πονηρὸς 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” 5:18 j352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ πονηρὸς 1 John is speaking of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” diff --git a/tn_2JN.tsv b/tn_2JN.tsv index 9a4ce7e667..558c585b64 100644 --- a/tn_2JN.tsv +++ b/tn_2JN.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ front:intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:2 et6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν & ἡμῶν 1 If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. 1:2 a7rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” 1:3 gad9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, and use **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” -1:3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence. +1:3 zfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence. 1:3 vpl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός & Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. 1:3 w6tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” 1:4 ir6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου 1 The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.” @@ -20,28 +20,27 @@ front:intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:4 a3vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” 1:4 w2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 John refers to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” 1:4 ddnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” -1:4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us” +1:4 s7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us” 1:4 w7f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. -1:5 r4hx καὶ νῦν 1 The words **and now** signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language. +1:5 r4hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ νῦν 1 The words **and now** signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language. 1:5 c9xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε, & σοι 1 These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” 1:5 xjsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κυρία 1 See how you translated **lady** in [1:1](../01/01.md) 1:5 u38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” 1:5 uhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” -1:5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another” 1:6 nw4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ & ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 In these instances the expression **walk** means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” 1:6 cl95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἠκούσατε & περιπατῆτε 1 The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. 1:7 u749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. 1:7 w25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [1:10–11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” 1:7 x8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” 1:7 vqnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you could make one of these meanings explicit. -1:7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two. +1:7 vfdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 The terms **deceiver** and **antichrist** refer to the same person. It may be helpful to clarify that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the deceiver, that is, the antichrist” 1:8 it9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 The implication is that the believers are to “watch” themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” 1:8 i8n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ 1 The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. 1:8 r9ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. 1:9 mn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 John refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” 1:9 x3ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. 1:9 xty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” -1:9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son” +1:9 x523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone **remaining** in the **teaching** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son” 1:9 xwoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. 1:9 vg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” 1:9 k8cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately. @@ -49,16 +48,16 @@ front:intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:10 xafi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you could use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” 1:10 ls1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” 1:10 lbct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” -1:11 uhea ὁ λέγων & αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting” -1:11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds” +1:11 uhea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λέγων & αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone who greets a false teacher. Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting” +1:11 n7zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 John is using the verb **shares** in a particular sense here to mean assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds” 1:12 gq26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis) 1:12 nx77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” -1:12 v4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom meaning "to speak in their presence." Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” +1:12 v4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 The expression **mouth to mouth** describes people speaking to one another in person. You can use an expression in your own language with this same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” 1:12 auwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” 1:12 hwtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” 1:12 lt77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” 1:12 k9yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. 1:13 fh6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [1:1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. 1:13 aonw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” -1:13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you” +1:13 a4rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you” 1:13 qjdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε & σου 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. diff --git a/tn_3JN.tsv b/tn_3JN.tsv index 9f9ebac8eb..d5d867db90 100644 --- a/tn_3JN.tsv +++ b/tn_3JN.tsv @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@ front:intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:1 w99t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 **The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church or both, since both were true. If possible, use a word in your language that can refer to both old age and church leadership. If it would be helpful in your language, the name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing” 1:1 lls6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 **Gaius** is a man, a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. 1:1 kpbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whom I love sincerely” -1:2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy” -1:2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually” +1:2 i269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 John is using one part of Gaius, his **soul**, to mean all of him in a spiritual perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually” 1:3 f6yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “I know that your soul prospers because” 1:3 b4zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν 1 John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. In this case, these **brothers** were probably all male. Alternate translation: “when fellow believers were coming” 1:3 mexh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ μαρτυρούντων 1 John assumes that Gaius will understand that **the brothers** who came were the ones **testifying** about Gaius. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who testified to” or “who reported to me about” @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ front:intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:4 w79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα 1 John speaks of those whom he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his **children**. This also emphasizes his love and concern for them. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children” 1:4 hsgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα 1 Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “are living according to God’s truth” 1:4 v5op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in God's true ways” -1:5 tmh1 ἀγαπητέ 1 Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language. +1:5 tmh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητέ 1 The word **Beloved** refers to Gaius. John is using it as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language. 1:5 gs6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 The implication is that Gaius is being faithful to God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God” 1:5 g4gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers” 1:6 wzf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 Here, **the ones** refers back to the “strangers” in verse 5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the word “strangers” here. Alternate translation: “those who were strangers to you, who have told the believers in the church here about how you have loved them” @@ -23,31 +22,29 @@ front:intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:6 vaxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὓς & προπέμψας 1 Here, **send them on** is an idiom that means “give them what they need for the journey.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to supply them for the trip” 1:6-7 jfun rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ; ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον, μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. If you do so, you will need to combine verses 6 and 7 as described in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md). Alternate translation: “These people went out for the sake of the name, receiving nothing from the Gentiles. Therefore, you will do well to send them on in a manner worthy of God.” 1:7 d8y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” -1:7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers. +1:7 yzc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers. 1:7 hk3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 Here, **Gentiles** does not mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers” 1:8 m0qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. In this case, **we ourselves** ought to help these people because “the Gentiles” (verse 7) do not help them. Use a connector in your language that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “This is why” 1:8 pgqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ὀφείλομεν 1 John is using **we ourselves** to refer to Gaius, himself, and all believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. 1:8 hdjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπολαμβάνειν 1 The implication is that **to welcome** these people includes providing what they need for their journey. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to help” or “to support” 1:8 dw7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** marks becoming **fellow workers** as a goal or purpose of welcoming people **such as these**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is a purpose. Alternate translation: “and in this way” -1:8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people” +1:8 d2l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 John is speaking as if the **truth** were a living thing that he and his fellow Christians could become **workers** for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people” 1:8 ab01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) the true message from God. Alternate translation: “who spread God's true message” (2) God himself, who is Truth. Alternate translation: “for the true God” 1:9 abp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τι 1 What John wrote was a letter, probably containing instructions about helping traveling Christian teachers. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a letter about this” 1:9 tm9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who regularly met together with him to worship God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the assembly of believers in your place” 1:9 cz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 **Diotrephes** was a man who was a leader of the church. -1:9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader” +1:9 s82w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 John is using the word **first** in the sense of “most important” or “in charge.” Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader” 1:9 dp1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. 1:9 rrgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. Alternate translation: “Diotrephes … rejects our instructions” 1:10 lf4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 **For this reason** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Because Diotrephes “does not accept” John's authority (verse 9), John will expose his evil works when John comes. Use a connector in your language that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “This is why” 1:10 w1yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐὰν ἔλθω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “if I go to you” 1:10 prnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν ἔλθω 1 John speaks as if he were uncertain about this, but he means that he is planning to come. If your readers might think that what John is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as a confident statement. Alternate translation: “when I come” or “at the time that I come” -1:10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true” +1:10 f6qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 John is speaking as if the **words** of Diotrephes were living things that could be morally **evil** themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true” 1:10 wi6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers” 1:10 it7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and he stops the ones who are willing to receive the believers” -1:10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers” -1:11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md). +1:11 a3z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητέ 1 Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md). 1:11 pv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 John is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in a general sense. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “do not imitate evil things that people do, but good things” 1:11 sz2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” -1:11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 Alternate translation: “comes from God” 1:11 zan2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” 1:12 pl7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” 1:12 m22h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 **Demetrius** is a man. He may be someone in Gaius's congregation whom John wants Gaius to support as a leader rather than Diotrephes, or he may be the person who carried this letter to Gaius, and John is now introducing him to Gaius. diff --git a/tn_JOB.tsv b/tn_JOB.tsv index 4d859880e3..c5d4be6950 100644 --- a/tn_JOB.tsv +++ b/tn_JOB.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34) \n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job, because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. In the rest of the book, the characters speak in poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based on repetition of meaning rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and”. The word “answered” tells for what purpose a person “said” something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term “behold” to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation in these instances.\n\n### “nose”\n\nIn several places in the book, various characters use the term “nose” to mean anger. They do this by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language and say “anger.” +front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34) \n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job, because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. In the rest of the book, the characters speak in poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based on repetition of meaning rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut the ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and”. The word “answered” tells for what purpose a person “said” something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term “behold” to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation in these instances.\n\n### “nose”\n\nIn several places in the book, various characters use the term “nose” to mean anger. They do this by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language and say “anger.” 1:intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lived during a time long before the author.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wealth\n\nIn the time and place in which the book of Job is set, a person’s wealth was measured by the number of animals he owned. The book describes how Job owned thousands of animals in order to indicate that he was very rich. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Sacrifices\n\nJob was a man who obeyed Yahweh carefully. We might therefore wonder why he offered sacrifices on behalf of his children, as 1:5 describes, since he was not one of the descendants of Aaron, who were the only ones whom the law of Moses allowed to offer sacrifices. It must be remembered that Job lived prior to the time when God gave Moses the law, so his religious practices were different from those of the Hebrew people after Moses. In Job’s culture, it was normal and acceptable for the father to act as a priest for his family and to offer sacrifices on their behalf. The events that this book relates took place about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12–50 than with the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThe Hebrew word satan means “adversary.” The Old Testament uses the word in that sense in several places, for example, 1 Kings 11:14, “Yahweh raised up an adversary against Solomon, Hadad the Edomite.” In chapters 1 and 2 of the book of Job, there is a character called “the satan” or “the adversary.” This seems to be a created angelic being who opposes righteous people and accuses them before God of having wrong motives. Many interpreters of the book of Job identify this character with Satan, the devil. The UST follows that interpretation, but the ULT translates the term more basically as “adversary.” You can decide how to translate this term in your own translation. 1:1 j000 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אִ֛ישׁ הָיָ֥ה בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ־ע֖וּץ 1 The author is introducing **Job** as the main participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who lived in the land of Uz” 1:1 k5g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ע֖וּץ & אִיּ֣וֹב 1 The word **Uz** is the name of a place, and the word **Job** is the name of a man. @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:4 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָלְכ֤וּ בָנָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠עָשׂ֣וּ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה בֵּ֖ית אִ֣ישׁ יוֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 The author is using the expression **went and** to describe customary action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His sons had the custom of taking turns hosting feasts in their homes” 1:4 i4lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) Alternate translation: “on an assigned day of the week” (2) Alternate translation: “on his birthday” 1:4 ey91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׁלְח֗וּ וְ⁠קָרְאוּ֙ 1 The terms **sent** and **called** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they invited” -1:5 s2c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י הִקִּיפֽוּ֩ יְמֵ֨י הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֜ה 1 The author is speaking as if the **days of the feast** had literally **gone around** or traveled a certain distance and then returned to their starting point. He means that each son had taken his turn hosting a feast. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the days of the feast had made a full circuit” or “after each son had taken his turn hosting a feast” -1:5 x3v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָנַ֔⁠י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Job is likely using the word in a generic sense to refer to all of his sons and daughters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women, as UST does, or you could mention both sons and daughters. Alternate translation: “my sons and daughters” -1:5 k14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּ⁠בֵרֲכ֥וּ 1 It is possible that the original reading here was “cursed” and that scribes changed it to **blessed** in order to avoid the uncomfortable language of a person cursing God. Traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible do not have a marginal notation about this as they do in the case of [7:20](../07/20.md), but many translations read “cursed” since this is the kind of change that scribes are known to have made in similar cases. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and cursed” +1:5 s2c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י הִקִּיפֽוּ֩ יְמֵ֨י הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֜ה 1 The author is speaking as if the **days of the feast** had literally **gone around** or traveled a certain distance and then returned to their starting point. He means that each son had taken his turn hosting a feast. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the days of the feast had made a full circuit” or “after each son had taken his turn hosting a feast” +1:5 x3v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָנַ֔⁠י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Job is likely using the word in a generic sense to refer to all of his sons and daughters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women, as the UST does, or you could mention both sons and daughters. Alternate translation: “my sons and daughters” +1:5 k14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּ⁠בֵרֲכ֥וּ 1 It is possible that the original reading here was “cursed” and that scribes changed it to **blessed** in order to avoid the uncomfortable language of a person cursing God. Traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible do not have a marginal notation about this as they do in the case of [7:20](../07/20.md), but many translations read “cursed” since this is the kind of change that scribes are known to have made in similar cases. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “and cursed” 1:5 j005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys חָטְא֣וּ & וּ⁠בֵרֲכ֥וּ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **sinned** tells in what way one of Job’s children might have **blessed**, that is, “cursed” God. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “have sinfully cursed” 1:5 du2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֑⁠ם 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “in their thoughts” 1:5 j006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 The author says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “on a regular basis” @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:11 y4qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְֽׁלַֽח& יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “use your power” 1:11 ax31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠גַ֖ע 1 In this context, the word **touch** means “destroy.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and destroy” 1:11 j013 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם 1 The adversary is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and see if” -1:11 j014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the word “blessed’ in verse 5. Scribes may have made a similar change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” +1:11 j014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the word “blessed’ in verse 5. Scribes may have made a similar change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” 1:11 bn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. The claim is that Job would not curse God in his “heart” (that is, in his thoughts) as Job was afraid one of his children might have done. Rather, Job would curse God out loud, and since God is present everywhere, Job would be cursing him in person. Alternate translation: “in person” -1:12 d2uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֤ה 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, Yahweh is using the term **Behold** to focus the adversary’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. +1:12 d2uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֤ה 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, Yahweh is using the term **Behold** to focus the adversary’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. 1:12 bul4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is in your power” or “is under your control” 1:12 j015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תִּשְׁלַ֖ח יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. 1:12 gn4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 As in the previous verse, here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “the presence of Yahweh” @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 2:5 cz3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠גַ֥ע 1 In this context, the word **touch** means “harm.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and harm” 2:5 qau8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶל־עַצְמ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶל־בְּשָׂר֑⁠וֹ 1 The adversary is using two parts of Job’s body, his **bones** and his **flesh**, to mean Job’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “his body” 2:5 d2rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם 1 The adversary is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “and see if” -2:5 i3ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” +2:5 i3ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” 2:5 b5lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶל־פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “in person” 2:6 j034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “in your power” or “under your control” 2:7 fj98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the presence of Yahweh” @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 2:8 f72v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠תוֹךְ־הָ⁠אֵֽפֶר 1 In this culture, there was place outside the city where rubbish was brought and burned to dispose of it. This left a pile of ashes. Job was sitting in that pile as a symbolic action to show how distressed he was. It was a way of signifying that he no longer felt his life was worth anything. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of his action. Alternate translation: “he was sitting in the midst of the ash pile outside the city to show how distressed he was” 2:9 v1yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֣יק בְּ⁠תֻמָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Job’s wife is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not still be holding firmly to your integrity!” 2:9 j038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations בָּרֵ֥ךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים וָ⁠מֻֽת 1 You may find it more appropriate to represent this in your translation as an exclamation rather than as a statement. Alternate translation: “Bless God and die!” -2:9 wgb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּרֵ֥ךְ 1 See how you translated the word “bless” in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [2:5](../02/05.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “Curse” to **Bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “Curse” +2:9 wgb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּרֵ֥ךְ 1 See how you translated the word “bless” in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [2:5](../02/05.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “Curse” to **Bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “Curse” 2:9 j039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּרֵ֥ךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים וָ⁠מֻֽת 1 Job’s wife seems to be saying implicitly that Job no longer has any reason either to trust God or to live, and that if he curses God, God will kill him too and put him out of his misery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Curse God so that he will kill you too and put you out of your misery” 2:10 p6a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אַחַ֤ת הַ⁠נְּבָלוֹת֙ 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a foolish person” or, since the expression is feminine, “a foolish woman” 2:10 j182 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֤ת הַ⁠נְּבָלוֹת֙ 1 In this context, the word **foolish** does not describe a person who is stupid or lacking intelligence or education. It means someone who does not respect God and who therefore does not live in the way that God has instructed people to live. Alternate translation: “a person who does not respect and obey God” or “a woman who does not respect and obey God” @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:7 cdr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תָּבֹ֖א רְנָנָ֣ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job means implicitly that he does not want anyone to shout joyfully on this particular night to celebrate the birth of a child. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May no one shout joyfully on that night to celebrate the birth of a child” 3:8 j055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִקְּבֻ֥⁠הוּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the day when Job was born. Job is alternating between speaking about that day and about the night when he was conceived. Alternate translation: “May … curse that day” 3:8 i4gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹרְרֵי־י֑וֹם 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **the ones cursing a day** he is referring to sorcerers. People in this culture employed sorcerers in the belief that they could cause bad things to happen on a particular day to their enemies. For example, people might employ a sorcerer to try to ruin the day on which a person began an important journey or celebrated an important family occasion such as a wedding. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “professional sorcerers” -3:8 j056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ֝⁠עֲתִידִ֗ים 1 Job is using the adjective **skillful** as a noun to mean certain people. The word is plural, and ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who have the skill” +3:8 j056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ֝⁠עֲתִידִ֗ים 1 Job is using the adjective **skillful** as a noun to mean certain people. The word is plural, and the ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who have the skill” 3:8 j057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹרֵ֥ר לִוְיָתָֽן 1 The implication is that if sorcerers created chaos by awakening the chaos monster, there would no longer be any distinction between days, and so the day of Job’s birth would no longer have a distinct identity. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to cause chaos among days” or “to destroy the distinct identity of the day on which I was born” 3:8 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִוְיָתָֽן 1 People in this culture believed in a monster called **Leviathan**, associated with the sea, who caused chaos. You could retain the name Leviathan in your translation. Alternatively, you could use a general expression in order to give your readers some idea of the beliefs of this culture. Alternate translation: “the sea monster who causes chaos” 3:9 fcl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְקַו־לְ⁠א֥וֹר וָ⁠אַ֑יִן וְ⁠אַל־יִ֝רְאֶ֗ה בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is speaking of the day of his birth as if it were a living thing that could **wait** for **light** to appear in the sky and **see** the **dawn**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may light never appear on that day, yes, may dawn never break on that day” @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:11 j063 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לָ֤⁠מָּה לֹּ֣א מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם אָמ֑וּת מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 These two phrases mean similar things. As Job and the other characters do throughout the poetic sections of the book, here he is using repeating phrases in order to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. (See the discussion of “parallelism” in the General Introduction to the book of Job.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. However, you may wish to retain both of them in order to give your readers an idea of how Hebrew poetry worked. The following notes give suggestions for how to do that. Alternate translation, combining the phrases: “Why did I not die just as soon as I was born?” 3:11 gg8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה לֹּ֣א מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם אָמ֑וּת מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate using the statement or exclamation form. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I wish I had died from the womb! I wish I had come out of the belly and expired!” 3:11 j064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **womb** from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as I was born” -3:11 hh1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the word **expire**, which means to “breathe out,” to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and pass away” +3:11 hh1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the word **expire**, which means to “breathe out,” to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and pass away” 3:11 j065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **belly** (a poetic synonym for “womb”) from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “breathe my last as soon as my mother gave birth to me” 3:12 j066 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַ֭דּוּעַ קִדְּמ֣וּ⁠נִי בִרְכָּ֑יִם וּ⁠מַה־שָּׁ֝דַ֗יִם כִּ֣י אִינָֽק 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I wish that knees had not welcomed me, and breasts, that I should have sucked!” 3:12 j067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מַ֭דּוּעַ קִדְּמ֣וּ⁠נִי בִרְכָּ֑יִם וּ⁠מַה־שָּׁ֝דַ֗יִם כִּ֣י אִינָֽק 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Why did knees welcome me, and why did breasts welcome me so that I could suck?” @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:13 aal1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּֽי 1 The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces states what the result would have been if the event Job has been describing had actually taken place, that is, if he had died at birth. Alternate translation: “If that had been the case,” 3:13 j068 עַ֭תָּה 1 Alternate translation: “by now” or “at this time” 3:13 pv57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense שָׁכַ֣בְתִּי וְ⁠אֶשְׁק֑וֹט יָ֝שַׁ֗נְתִּי אָ֤ז ׀ יָנ֬וּחַֽ לִֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the past tense to describe what would have been the case if he had actually never been born. Your language may use the past tense in this same way. If not, you could use the conditional tense here. Alternate translation: “I would have lain down and been reposing, I would have slept and it would have been rest to me” -3:13 j069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָ֝שַׁ֗נְתִּי 1 Job is using the word **slept** to mean “died.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. If not, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I would have passed away” or “I would have died” +3:13 j069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָ֝שַׁ֗נְתִּי 1 Job is using the word **slept** to mean “died.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. If not, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I would have passed away” or “I would have died” 3:13 e4ks יָנ֬וּחַֽ לִֽ⁠י 1 If your language would not use an impersonal construction such as this one, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “I would have been at rest” or “I would have been resting” 3:14 j070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים חֳרָב֣וֹת לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The word translated **monuments** refers to a desolate or ruined place. In this context, it could mean implicitly: (1) elaborate buildings in desolate places, such as the pyramids that the pharaohs built in the Egyptian desert. Since Job is wishing that this were his situation, this positive sense is probably preferable. Alternate translation: “who built great tombs for themselves in remote places” (2) ruined buildings. Alternate translation: “who rebuilt ruined buildings for themselves” or “who built buildings for themselves that are now ruined” 3:15 j071 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הַֽ⁠מְמַלְאִ֖ים בָּתֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם כָּֽסֶף 1 Job says that these princes **filled their houses with silver** as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “who kept much silver in their homes” @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:18 j109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ֭⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠מַלְאָכָ֗י⁠ו 1 By **his servants**, Eliphaz implicitly means the **angels** he mentions later in the verse. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the angels who serve him and … those angels” 4:19 j110 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֤ף ׀ שֹׁכְנֵ֬י בָֽתֵּי־חֹ֗מֶר 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “How much less will God be confident that dwellers in houses of clay are doing the right thing” 4:19 x3pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁכְנֵ֬י בָֽתֵּי־חֹ֗מֶר אֲשֶׁר־בֶּ⁠עָפָ֥ר יְסוֹדָ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if human beings literally lived in **houses** made of **clay** that have a **foundation** set in the **dust**. He is referring to the human body, which the Bible describes as having been formed from the dust of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human beings” -4:19 j111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝דַכְּא֗וּ⁠ם 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “Such people can be crushed” +4:19 j111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝דַכְּא֗וּ⁠ם 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “Such people can be crushed” 4:19 r4dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵי 1 Here the term **before** means “sooner than” and by implication “more easily than.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more easily than” 4:20 m44u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר לָ⁠עֶ֣רֶב 1 Eliphaz is using the beginning and ending of a day, **morning** and **evening**, to mean an entire day. (He means within the space of a day, not throughout a whole day.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Within a single day” 4:20 znp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻכַּ֑תּוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “God destroys them” @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:21 ugp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠לֹא־נִסַּ֣ע יִתְרָ֣⁠ם בָּ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if people were literally a **tent** whose **cord** had been **pulled up** so that it was in danger of imminent collapse. He means that mortals have only a brief and uncertain life. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not people have only a brief and uncertain life?” or, as an exclamation, “People have only a brief and uncertain life!” 4:21 j113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְ⁠חָכְמָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after having lived wisely” 5:intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend Eliphaz.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### long sentence\nEliphaz describes God in a long sentence in verses 8–13. As the notes suggest at several places, it may be helpful to break up this long sentence into several shorter sentences. -5:1 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **now** to offer polite encouragement. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Go ahead, call out” +5:1 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **now** to offer polite encouragement. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Go ahead, call out” 5:1 j115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **Call out**, he is telling Job to ask someone to listen to his complaint against God. In this culture, someone who had a case against someone else would go to a public area and ask established members of the community to hear and judge the case. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Go ahead, call for someone to listen to and judge your case against God” 5:1 j116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz does not really want Job to **Call out** and ask someone to hear his complaint against God, even though he is telling Job to do that. Eliphaz actually intends to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He wants Job to realize that there is no being who has the wisdom or authority to hear a human being’s complaint against God. Alternate translation: “There is really no point in calling for someone to listen to and judge your case against God” 5:1 gaw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ עוֹנֶ֑⁠ךָּ וְ⁠אֶל־מִ֖י מִ⁠קְּדֹשִׁ֣ים תִּפְנֶֽה 1 In both of these instances, Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “there is no one who will answer you. You cannot turn to any of the holy ones.” @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:2 j119 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּ֑עַשׂ & קִנְאָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **indignation** and **resentment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “being indignant … being resentful” 5:2 bn1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֶֽ֭⁠אֱוִיל & וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה 1 These phrases does not refer to specific people. They refer to anyone who has the qualities that they name. Express their meaning in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone who is foolish … and … everyone who is simple” 5:2 cf68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לֶֽ֭⁠אֱוִיל 1 Job is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the foolish person” -5:2 j120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **simple** he means a person who does not realize that the world is a complicated place and that he needs to cultivate godly wisdom in order to make good choices and avoid the consequences of bad choices. Your language may have a term with this meaning that you can use in your translation. +5:2 j120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **simple** he means a person who does not realize that the world is a complicated place and that he needs to cultivate godly wisdom in order to make good choices and avoid the consequences of bad choices. Your language may have a term with this meaning that you could use in your translation. 5:3 j121 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲֽנִי־רָ֭אִיתִי 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **have seen**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of expressing this emphasis. The ULT does so by saying **I myself**. Alternate translation: “I have indeed seen” 5:3 xhtd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֱוִ֣יל 1 Job is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a foolish person” 5:3 j122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱוִ֣יל 1 In this context, the word **foolish** describes someone who does not respect and obey God. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “a person who does not respect and obey God” @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:5 j124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֤ר קְצִיר֨⁠וֹ ׀ רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 The pronoun **whose** refers to the “foolish person” whom Eliphaz describes in verses 2 and 3. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Hungry people devour the harvest of the foolish person” 5:5 j125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר קְצִיר֨⁠וֹ ׀ רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **devours the harvest** he is referring to the practice of gleaning, which the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to allow. Poor people could come into harvested fields and pick up the leftover grain to feed themselves. Eliphaz means that the foolish person and his family will not be able to harvest the grain they have planted and so gleaners will come and take all the grain. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “The foolish person has to abandon the grain that he plants in his fields, and gleaners come and take all of it” 5:5 j126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֤ר קְצִיר֨⁠וֹ ׀ רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 While hungry people eventually will **devour** or eat up all of the grain from the foolish person’s harvest, Eliphaz means in this context that they will take all of the grain from the fields. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “Hungry people will come and glean his entire harvest” -5:5 j127 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָ֘עֵ֤ב & צַמִּ֣ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjectives **hungry** and **thirsty** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. ULT adds the words **one** and **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the hungry person … thirsty people” +5:5 j127 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָ֘עֵ֤ב & צַמִּ֣ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjectives **hungry** and **thirsty** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. The ULT adds the words **one** and **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the hungry person … thirsty people” 5:5 j128 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָ֘עֵ֤ב & צַמִּ֣ים 1 Eliphaz is describing poor people by association with the way that they may be **hungry** and **thirsty** because they cannot afford to buy food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, using a poetic parallel: “the poor one … the impoverished ones” 5:5 j129 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. It may be helpful to make this term plural, like **the thirsty ones**, for consistency. Alternate translation: “hungry people devour” or “poor people devour” 5:5 k9ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶֽל־מִ⁠צִּנִּ֥ים יִקָּחֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 The implications are that if gleaners even collect the grain that is growing **among the thorns** in the foolish person’s field, then they will take all of the grain in the entire field. The further implication is that nothing will be left for the foolish person and his family. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they take every last bit of grain, leaving nothing for him and his family” @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:7 kz2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ־אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד וּ⁠בְנֵי־רֶ֝֗שֶׁף יַגְבִּ֥יהוּ עֽוּף׃ 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by naming two things that he holds to be true, he means that the first is just as true as the second. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “man is born to trouble, just as surely as sons of the flame soar to fly” 5:7 j134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people are born to trouble” 5:7 j135 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have an innate tendency to cause trouble for themselves” -5:7 j136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵי־רֶ֝֗שֶׁף 1 Eliphaz is describing sparks as if they were **sons of the flame**, that is, as if fire gave birth to sparks and sent them out. Your language may have a poetic expression of its own that you can use in your translation to describe sparks. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and sparks” +5:7 j136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵי־רֶ֝֗שֶׁף 1 Eliphaz is describing sparks as if they were **sons of the flame**, that is, as if fire gave birth to sparks and sent them out. Your language may have a poetic expression of its own that you could use in your translation to describe sparks. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and sparks” 5:7 j137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יַגְבִּ֥יהוּ עֽוּף 1 This expression means that sparks fly upwards, carried by currents of air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fly upwards” 5:8 j138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲ֭נִי אֶדְרֹ֣שׁ אֶל־אֵ֑ל 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **seek**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “I would certainly seek for God” 5:8 j139 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲ֭נִי אֶדְרֹ֣שׁ אֶל־אֵ֑ל 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God were literally a lost object that Job should **seek** and try to find. He means that Job should pray to God and ask God to show him how he has offended God and deserved punishment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself would pray to God and ask him to show me why he was punishing me” @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:18 fx57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֤י ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב וְ⁠יֶחְבָּ֑שׁ יִ֝מְחַ֗ץ וְיָדָיו תִּרְפֶּֽינָה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God literally **injures** and **wounds** people and then gives them medical treatment. He means that God uses setbacks and sufferings (which could include physical ailments) to correct people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The UST models one way to do this. 5:18 j161 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **injures**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “truly he injures” 5:18 dgs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְיָדָיו תִּרְפֶּֽינָה 1 Eliphaz is using one part of God, his **hands**, to mean all of him in the act of healing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he himself heals” -5:19 q4qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs- parallelism בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ צָ֭רוֹת יַצִּילֶ֑⁠ךָּ וּ⁠בְ⁠שֶׁ֓בַע ׀ לֹא־יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠ךָ֣ רָֽע 1 In order to make a comprehensive statement, Eliphaz is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. (This was a common device in Hebrew poetry.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will rescue you from every trouble and not allow you to be harmed” +5:19 q4qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ צָ֭רוֹת יַצִּילֶ֑⁠ךָּ וּ⁠בְ⁠שֶׁ֓בַע ׀ לֹא־יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠ךָ֣ רָֽע 1 In order to make a comprehensive statement, Eliphaz is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry, but if a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God will rescue you from every trouble and not allow you to be harmed” 5:19 j162 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠שֶׁ֓בַע & רָֽע 1 Eliphaz is leaving out a word that in many languages this sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply the word from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and in seven troubles harm” 5:19 j163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לֹא־יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠ךָ֣ רָֽע 1 Eliphaz is speaking of **harm** as if it were a living thing that could **touch** Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will not be harmed” 5:20 q1gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּֽדְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠מָּ֑וֶת 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God would literally **redeem** or make a payment to free Job from **death** during a **famine**. He means that God will keep Job from dying from hunger. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will keep you from dying of hunger” @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:25 fxb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רַ֣ב זַרְעֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **seed** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your descendants will be many” 5:25 j180 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝⁠צֶאֱצָאֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and that your offspring will be like the grass of the earth” 5:25 f961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ֝⁠צֶאֱצָאֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The point of this comparison is that just as **the grass of the earth** is very plentiful, so Job will have a large number of offspring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that your offspring will be very numerous, like the grass of the earth” -5:26 a9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֣וֹא & אֱלֵי־קָ֑בֶר 1 Eliphaz is using the expression **come to the grave** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will depart this world” +5:26 a9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֣וֹא & אֱלֵי־קָ֑בֶר 1 Eliphaz is using the expression **come to the grave** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will depart this world” 5:26 w6jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠עֲל֖וֹת גָּדִ֣ישׁ בְּ⁠עִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The point of this comparison is that when Job’s time comes to die, he will have lived a full and rewarding life, just as a **stack of grain** that is harvested **in its time** is ripe and fully developed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “mature and accomplished, like grain that is harvested at the peak of ripeness” 5:27 uwj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive חֲקַרְנ֥וּ⁠הָ 1 By **We**, Eliphaz means himself and other wise people but not Job, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 5:27 j181 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אַתָּ֥ה דַֽע 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **know**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and know it certainly” @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 6:16 cq2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִתְעַלֶּם־שָֽׁלֶג 1 Job is speaking as if a channel of desert streams were a living thing that **hides itself with snow** in the winter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “snow covers this channel” 6:17 z6dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִצְמָ֑תוּ & נִדְעֲכ֥וּ מִ⁠מְּקוֹמָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dryness annihilates them … the heat exterminates them” 6:18 vke1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִ֭לָּ֣פְתוּ אָרְח֣וֹת דַּרְכָּ֑⁠ם 1 The implication is that these **Caravans** are leaving their usual routes to look for water in the dry season. The oases along the routes have presumably dried up, and the caravans are going to places where they expect to find streams still flowing. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Caravans turn themselves aside from their way to look for water” -6:18 j212 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יַעֲל֖וּ 1 The expression **go up** does not necessarily indicate travel to a higher elevation. In this context, it probably means to leave the caravan route and go into the untracked desert. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “they go out” +6:18 j212 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יַעֲל֖וּ 1 The expression **go up** does not necessarily indicate travel to a higher elevation. In this context, it probably means to leave the caravan route and go into the untracked desert. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “they go out” 6:19 j213 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הִ֭בִּיטוּ אָרְח֣וֹת תֵּמָ֑א 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Caravans from Tema looked for water” 6:19 ua63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֵּמָ֑א & שְׁ֝בָ֗א 1 The words **Tema** and **Sheba** are the names of regions. 6:19 n6an rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns קִוּוּ־לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the desert streams Job has been talking about. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “hoped to find streams of water” @@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 7:3 j230 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָנְחַ֣לְתִּי לִ֭⁠י יַרְחֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 Job is speaking of these **months of futility** as if they were something that he had literally been **caused to inherit**. He means that he has been enduring futility during this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have been enduring a time of futility” 7:3 cp2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָנְחַ֣לְתִּי לִ֭⁠י יַרְחֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **futility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been enduring a time when life seems futile” 7:3 j231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָנְחַ֣לְתִּי לִ֭⁠י יַרְחֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 From the narrative of the book of Job, it does not appear that at this point **months** have gone by since Job began to experience his terrible misfortunes. So it seems that Job is using the term **months** to mean by association a period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have been enduring a time of futility” -7:3 j232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֵיל֥וֹת עָ֝מָ֗ל מִנּוּ־לִֽ⁠י 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. Job is using this indefinite construction to focus on what has been **appointed** to him rather than on who appointed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and nights of trouble have been appointed to me” -7:4 m7jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־שָׁכַ֗בְתִּי 1 Job is referring implicitly to when he would **lie down** to sleep at night. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Your language may have its own expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “When I lie down to sleep” +7:3 j232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֵיל֥וֹת עָ֝מָ֗ל מִנּוּ־לִֽ⁠י 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. Job is using this indefinite construction to focus on what has been **appointed** to him rather than on who appointed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and nights of trouble have been appointed to me” +7:4 m7jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־שָׁכַ֗בְתִּי 1 Job is referring implicitly to when he would **lie down** to sleep at night. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Your language may have its own expression that you could use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “When I lie down to sleep” 7:4 sf4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָתַ֣י אָ֭קוּם 1 Job is not asking himself this question for information, to try to decide when to get up in the morning. He is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I hope this will not be a long and difficult night!” 7:4 m4sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׂבַ֖עְתִּי נְדֻדִ֣ים 1 Job is speaking of himself as if he were a container that **tossings** filled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I toss and turn continually” 7:5 j233 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֘בַ֤שׁ בְּשָׂרִ֣⁠י רִ֭מָּה וְג֣וּשׁ עָפָ֑ר 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally wearing worms and dust clods like clothing on his body. He means that he has these things all over his body. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My flesh is covered with worms and dust clods” @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 7:20 wwv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion חָטָ֡אתִי מָ֤ה אֶפְעַ֨ל ׀ לָ⁠ךְ֮ נֹצֵ֪ר הָ⁠אָ֫דָ֥ם לָ֤⁠מָה שַׂמְתַּ֣⁠נִי לְ⁠מִפְגָּ֣ע לָ֑⁠ךְ וָ⁠אֶהְיֶ֖ה עָלַ֣⁠י לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “If I have sinned, I have not done anything to you, the one watching man! You should not have made me a target for you!” 7:20 j254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֤⁠מָה שַׂמְתַּ֣⁠נִי לְ⁠מִפְגָּ֣ע לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally a **target** that God was attacking with arrows or a spear. He means that God is punishing him for sins he may have committed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why are you punishing me like this?” or, as an exclamation, “You do not need to punish me like this!” 7:20 j255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶהְיֶ֖ה עָלַ֣⁠י לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally a heavy weight or **burden** to carry. He is referring to making life more difficult. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Indeed, am I making my own life more difficult” -7:20 j256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וָ⁠אֶהְיֶ֖ה עָלַ֣⁠י לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 A marginal notation in traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible indicates that scribes changed this reading from “am I a burden to you” to **am I a burden to myself**. The scribes made this change in order to avoid the uncomfortable suggestion that a human being’s sin could have effects on God. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “Indeed, am I a burden to you?” or “I am not a burden to you!” +7:20 j256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וָ⁠אֶהְיֶ֖ה עָלַ֣⁠י לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 A marginal notation in traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible indicates that scribes changed this reading from “am I a burden to you” to **am I a burden to myself**. The scribes made this change in order to avoid the uncomfortable suggestion that a human being’s sin could have effects on God. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the readingof the ULT. Alternate translation: “Indeed, am I a burden to you?” or “I am not a burden to you!” 7:20 j257 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶהְיֶ֖ה עָלַ֣⁠י לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally a **burden** to himself or to God. He means that he is not actually making life more difficult for himself or for God, as a burden does when someone has to carry it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not making my life more difficult!” or “I am not making your life more difficult!” 7:21 gzz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠מֶ֤ה ׀ לֹא־תִשָּׂ֣א פִשְׁעִ⁠י֮ וְ⁠תַעֲבִ֪יר אֶת־עֲוֺ֫נִ֥⁠י כִּֽי־עַ֭תָּה לֶ⁠עָפָ֣ר אֶשְׁכָּ֑ב וְ⁠שִׁ֖חֲרְתַּ֣⁠נִי וְ⁠אֵינֶֽ⁠נִּי 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since in the second sentence Job gives the reason for what he says in the first sentence that God should do. Alternate translation: “Soon I will lie down in the dust, and you will seek me diligently, but I will not exist. So why will you not pardon my transgression and take away my iniquity?” 7:21 ek8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מֶ֤ה ׀ לֹא־תִשָּׂ֣א פִשְׁעִ⁠י֮ וְ⁠תַעֲבִ֪יר אֶת־עֲוֺ֫נִ֥⁠י 1 Job is suggesting implicitly that God should **pardon** him so that they can have a good relationship during the short time that he will still be alive on earth. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Why will you not pardon my transgression and take away my iniquity so that we can have a good relationship?” @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 8:15 r6mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲמֹ֑ד & וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָקֽוּם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use positive statements in your translation in place of these negative ones. Alternate translation: “and it collapses … but it remains collapsed” 8:15 s164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָקֽוּם 1 Bildad is speaking of the **house** of a godless person as if it were a living thing that could **arise** on its own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he cannot make it stand upright again” or “but he cannot repair it” 8:16 x5ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָטֹ֣ב ה֭וּא לִ⁠פְנֵי־שָׁ֑מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַ֥ל גַּ֝נָּת֗⁠וֹ יֹֽנַקְתּ֥⁠וֹ תֵצֵֽא 1 Bildad now speaks of a godless person as if he were a plant. In order to depict the temporary prosperity that godless people may enjoy, he describes this plant flourishing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning as a comparison. Alternate translation: “A godless person may at first thrive like a plant that is getting plenty of sunlight and whose shoots extend all over the garden in which it is planted” -8:16 d31w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵי־שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” something. Bildad means that the plant is **lush** because it receives plenty of sunlight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because it receives plenty of sunlight” +8:16 d31w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵי־שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Here the word **to the face of** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” something. Bildad means that the plant is **lush** because it receives plenty of sunlight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because it receives plenty of sunlight” 8:17 cty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־גַּ֭ל שָֽׁרָשָׁ֣י⁠ו יְסֻבָּ֑כוּ בֵּ֖ית אֲבָנִ֣ים יֶחֱזֶֽה 1 Bildad is continuing to speak of the godless person and his temporary prosperity as if he were a plant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A godless person may at first be secure, like a plant whose roots are wrapped around a heap of stones, a plant that is solidly rooted among stones” 8:17 j275 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַל־גַּ֭ל שָֽׁרָשָׁ֣י⁠ו יְסֻבָּ֑כוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It wraps its roots around a heap of stones” 8:17 j276 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בֵּ֖ית אֲבָנִ֣ים יֶחֱזֶֽה 1 Bildad is speaking as if this plant were looking for a **house** to live in. He means that the plant naturally roots itself in a secure place among **rocks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it roots itself in a secure place among rocks” @@ -653,13 +653,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:14 j293 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַ֭ף כִּֽי־אָנֹכִ֣י אֶֽעֱנֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 For emphasis, Job is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **will answer**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How much less would a mere mortal such as I be able to answer him” 9:14 j294 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶבְחֲרָ֖ה דְבָרַ֣⁠י עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the expression **choose words** to mean by association arguing a case against God, since he would have to **choose** the right **words** in order to do that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “argue a case against him” 9:15 j295 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם־צָ֭דַקְתִּי לֹ֣א אֶעֱנֶ֑ה 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to text. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even if I were righteous, I would not try to answer God” -9:15 j296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־צָ֭דַקְתִּי 1 By **righteous**, in this context Job implicitly means being the unjustly injured party in a lawsuit. Your language may have an expression for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “if I were in the right” +9:15 j296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם־צָ֭דַקְתִּי 1 By **righteous**, in this context Job implicitly means being the unjustly injured party in a lawsuit. Your language may have an expression for this that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “if I were in the right” 9:15 j297 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ֝⁠מְשֹׁפְטִ֗⁠י אֶתְחַנָּֽן 1 Job implicitly means that he would plead to God as his **judge**. He is not talking about appealing to some other legal authority to judge between him and God. You could indicate this in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would plead for mercy to God as my judge” 9:16 j298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַאֲזִ֥ין 1 Job is using the expression **giving ear** to mean listening, by association with the way that people listen with their ears. However, this specific expression has the sense of listening carefully, that is, paying attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was paying attention to” 9:16 j299 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קוֹלִֽ⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **voice**, to mean all of him in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I was saying” 9:17 w3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֥ה 1 When Job says that God would send a **tempest** or violent storm to **break** (destroy) him if he challenged God, Job could be using the storm to represent various troubles that God would cause him to experience. However, since God does approach Job in a violent storm at the end of the book, it would be appropriate to retain the term **tempest** in your translation rather than interpret the term as symbolic. 9:18 j300 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־יִ֭תְּנֵ⁠נִי הָשֵׁ֣ב רוּחִ֑⁠י כִּ֥י יַ֝שְׂבִּעַ֗⁠נִי מַמְּרֹרִֽים 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He fills me with bitterness, and by doing that, he does not allow me to cause my breath to return” -9:18 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָשֵׁ֣ב רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 This expression means to rest in order to start breathing regularly again after exertion or extended speaking. Your language may have an expression for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to catch my breath” +9:18 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָשֵׁ֣ב רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 This expression means to rest in order to start breathing regularly again after exertion or extended speaking. Your language may have an expression for this that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to catch my breath” 9:18 uqz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַ֝שְׂבִּעַ֗⁠נִי מַמְּרֹרִֽים 1 Job is speaking of himself as if he were a container that God **fills** with **bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he causes me great bitterness” 9:18 j301 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יַ֝שְׂבִּעַ֗⁠נִי מַמְּרֹרִֽים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **bitterness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he makes my life very bitter” 9:19 qi46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־לְ⁠כֹ֣חַ & וְ⁠אִם־לְ֝⁠מִשְׁפָּ֗ט 1 **If to** is an expression that introduces a matter under consideration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If it is a matter of strength … Or if it is a matter of justice” @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:21 ruv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־אֵדַ֥ע נַפְשִׁ֗⁠י 1 In this context, the word **know** means to have regard for something or to be concerned about something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not concerned about my soul” 9:21 j302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֹֽא־אֵדַ֥ע נַפְשִׁ֗⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **soul**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not concerned about myself” 9:22 ahw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַחַ֗ת הִ֥יא 1 The expression **It is one** could mean: (1) that God treats everyone in the same way. Alternate translation: “There is only one way that God treats people” (2) that the same thing would happen to Job whether he was righteous or unrighteous. Alternate translation: “There is only one thing that will happen to me whether I am good or bad” -9:22 j303 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עַל־כֵּ֥ן אָמַ֑רְתִּי תָּ֥ם וְ֝⁠רָשָׁ֗ע ה֣וּא מְכַלֶּֽה 1 Job has not said these specific words earlier, although they are a summary of what he has been saying to this point in his speech. So it may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “that is why I have been saying that God destroys both the blameless and the wicked” +9:22 j303 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עַל־כֵּ֥ן אָמַ֑רְתִּי תָּ֥ם וְ֝⁠רָשָׁ֗ע ה֣וּא מְכַלֶּֽה 1 Job has not said these specific words earlier, although they are a summary of what he has been saying to this point in his speech. So it may be more natural in your language to make this a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “that is why I have been saying that God destroys both the blameless and the wicked” 9:22 e1i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj תָּ֥ם וְ֝⁠רָשָׁ֗ע 1 Job is using the adjectives **blameless** and **wicked** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Both blameless people and wicked people” 9:23 hsd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שׁ֭וֹט יָמִ֣ית פִּתְאֹ֑ם 1 Job is speaking of the disasters that people experience in life as if they were literally a **scourge** or whip that was punishing them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “disasters suddenly kill people” 9:23 m78u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַסַּ֖ת נְקִיִּ֣ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **despair**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “innocent people when they despair” @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:34 cc5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׁבְט֑⁠וֹ 1 Job is speaking as if God were literally using a **rod** or stick to punish him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his punishment” 9:34 vs1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝⁠אֵמָת֗⁠וֹ אַֽל־תְּבַעֲתַֽ⁠נִּי 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and turn his terror from upon me, so that it would not frighten me” 9:35 fa78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַֽ֭דַבְּרָה וְ⁠לֹ֣א אִירָאֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Job means implicitly that he would do these things if there were someone to judge between him and God. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “If there were someone to judge between us, I would speak and I would not fear him” -9:35 j311 אַֽ֭דַבְּרָה 1 Job is using an emphatic verbal form. Your language may have a similar form that you can use in your translation. If not, you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “I would certainly speak” +9:35 j311 אַֽ֭דַבְּרָה 1 Job is using an emphatic verbal form. Your language may have a similar form that you could use in your translation. If not, you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “I would certainly speak” 9:35 ug86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־כֵ֥ן אָ֝נֹכִ֗י עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 Interpreters are unsure what this expression means. It could possibly mean: (1) Alternate translation: “That is not how things are with me at the moment” (2) Alternate translation: “I am not the kind of person who would do that now” 10:intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Job finishes responding to Bildad’s first speech. As he did in chapter 7, Job speaks to God in light of his exchange with his friend, although in this case Job describes what he would say to God rather than addressing God directly.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn many places in this chapter, Job uses the question form in order to express strong feelings. Your language might not use the question form for this purpose. Notes will suggest other ways to translate these questions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Extended quotation\n\nStarting in verse 2 and continuing through the end of the chapter, Job quotes what he would say to God if he could argue his case with him. If your language would not naturally put one direct quotation inside another, you could translate what Job says as an indirect quotation. A note to verse 2 suggests how to start doing that. You could follow the same approach throughout the rest of the chapter. 10:1 ch7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נָֽקְטָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֗⁠י & בְּ⁠מַ֣ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **soul**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am weary … in my bitterness” @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 10:14 zj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠עֲוֺנִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תְנַקֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “and you would declare me guilty of my iniquity” 10:14 j329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠עֲוֺנִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תְנַקֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 The implication is that God would punish Job for his **iniquity** if God did not **acquit** him. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you would punish me for my iniquity” 10:15 j330 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אִם־רָשַׁ֡עְתִּי אַלְלַ֬י לִ֗⁠י וְ֭⁠צָדַקְתִּי לֹא־אֶשָּׂ֣א רֹאשִׁ֑⁠י שְׂבַ֥ע קָ֝ל֗וֹן וּ⁠רְאֵ֥ה עָנְיִֽ⁠י 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the phrase **I will not lift my head** at the end of this verse, since the material that follows this phrase gives the reason for the result that it describes. Alternate translation: “And even if I am righteous, because I am nevertheless full of disgrace—yes, see my affliction!—I will not lift my head” -10:15 h2sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹא־אֶשָּׂ֣א רֹאשִׁ֑⁠י 1 Job is saying that he would not **lift** his **head** (that is, he would look down) as a symbolic action to express that he was feeling shame. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. There may be some physical gesture with the same meaning in your culture that you can use in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “I will still look down in shame” or “I will still cover my eyes in shame” or “I will still act ashamed” +10:15 h2sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹא־אֶשָּׂ֣א רֹאשִׁ֑⁠י 1 Job is saying that he would not **lift** his **head** (that is, he would look down) as a symbolic action to express that he was feeling shame. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. There may be some physical gesture with the same meaning in your culture that you could use in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “I will still look down in shame” or “I will still cover my eyes in shame” or “I will still act ashamed” 10:15 amu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂבַ֥ע קָ֝ל֗וֹן 1 For emphasis, Job is speaking of himself as if he were a container that **disgrace** could fill. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I feel very disgraced” 10:15 bu5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠רְאֵ֥ה עָנְיִֽ⁠י 1 The imperative **see** is singular because Job is addressing God, not his three friends. So use the second-person singular in your translation if your language marks that distinction. It may also be helpful to specify the addressee. Alternate translation: “Yes, God, see my affliction” 10:15 fs2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֥ה 1 Job is using the term **see** to mean “consider” by association with the way people consider things that they are looking at. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yes, consider” @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 11:11 gdx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וַ⁠יַּרְא־אָ֝֗וֶן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִתְבּוֹנָֽן 1 Zophar is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and he will surely notice iniquity when he sees it.” 11:11 j366 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתְבּוֹנָֽן 1 The term **notice** implicitly means that God will do more than just take note of **iniquity**. It indicates that God will punish people for committing **iniquity**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “punish people for it” 11:12 jlz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony וְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ נָ֭בוּב יִלָּבֵ֑ב וְ⁠עַ֥יִר פֶּ֝֗רֶא אָדָ֥ם יִוָּלֵֽד 1 For emphasis, Zophar is saying the opposite of what he means. The **colt of a wild donkey** will never be **born to a man**, and so, Zophar means, an **empty man** will never **get a heart**, that is, become wise. If a speaker of your language would not say the opposite of what he means for emphasis, in your translation you could indicate what Zophar actually means. Alternate translation: “But an empty man will never get a heart, any more than the colt of a wild donkey would ever be born to a man” -11:12 j367 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ נָ֭בוּב 1 Zophar is speaking as if a **man** could literally be **empty** or hollow inside. He means that such a person lacks wisdom. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “But an empty-headed man” or “But a man who lacks wisdom” +11:12 j367 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ נָ֭בוּב 1 Zophar is speaking as if a **man** could literally be **empty** or hollow inside. He means that such a person lacks wisdom. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “But an empty-headed man” or “But a man who lacks wisdom” 11:12 e8e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִלָּבֵ֑ב 1 Here the **heart** represents a person’s thoughts, so that to **get a heart** means to become wise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will become wise” 11:12 j368 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עַ֥יִר פֶּ֝֗רֶא אָדָ֥ם יִוָּלֵֽד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and a man will be the father of a wild-donkey colt” 11:13 j369 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אִם־אַ֭תָּ֗ה הֲכִינ֣וֹתָ לִבֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 For emphasis, Zophar is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **prepare**. Zophar is drawing a contrast between what he is suggesting here that Job might do and what the “empty man” he described in the previous verse would not be able to do. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “But as for you, if you prepare your heart” @@ -840,24 +840,24 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 11:17 dkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽ֭⁠מִ⁠צָּהֳרַיִם יָק֣וּם חָ֑לֶד 1 Zophar is speaking of Job’s **life** as if it were literally an object like the sun that could **arise** into the sky. By saying that Job’s life will rise into the sky even higher than the sun at noon, he means that it will be very bright. The brightness, in turn, represents happy thriving. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And your life will become very happy again, as if it were brighter than the noonday sun” 11:17 dua9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תָּ֝עֻ֗פָ⁠ה כַּ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר תִּהְיֶֽה 1 In a poetic parallel, Zophar is once again using light, in this instance the light of **dawn**, to represent happiness. This contrasts with Job’s present misery, which Zophar represents as **darkness**. Zophar is once again answering Job with his own words. The term translated **darkness** here is from the same root as the term that the ULT translates as “obscurity” in [10:22](../10/22.md). To help your readers appreciate what Zophar is doing, you could translate the term here the same way you translated it there. Alternate translation: “the misery of your life may feel like obscurity now, but it will change into happiness, just as dawn changes darkness into light” 11:18 iqu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠חָפַרְתָּ֗ 1 Zophar means implicitly that Job will **look around** and see that there is no danger. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you will look around and see that there is no danger” -11:18 f1be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠בֶ֥טַח תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 Zophar is referring implicitly to when Job would **lie down** to sleep at night. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Your language may have its own expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will lie down to sleep in safety” or “you will go to bed in safety” +11:18 f1be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠בֶ֥טַח תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 Zophar is referring implicitly to when Job would **lie down** to sleep at night. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Your language may have its own expression that you could use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will lie down to sleep in safety” or “you will go to bed in safety” 11:18 hc18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָ⁠בֶ֥טַח תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **safety**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you will lie down safely” 11:19 fm2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽ֭⁠רָבַצְתָּ 1 Zophar once again means implicitly that Job would **recline** to sleep at night. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yes, you will lie down to sleep for the night” 11:19 j375 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִלּ֖וּ פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ רַבִּֽים 1 Zophar is speaking as if **many** people would literally **stroke** Job’s **face**, as someone would do who was trying to make someone else favorable to him. Zophar means that Job would become influential again and people would seek his favor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will seek your favor” 11:20 s359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י רְשָׁעִ֗ים תִּ֫כְלֶ֥ינָה 1 Zophar is referring to death by association with the way people’s eyes **fail** when they are about to die (either in the sense of becoming visibly dim or in the sense of no longer seeing well). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the wicked will die” 11:20 j376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֭⁠מָנוֹס אָבַ֣ד מִנְ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Zophar is speaking of **escape** as if it were a living thing that could **perish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, they will not be able to escape dying” -11:20 j377 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠תִקְוָתָ֗⁠ם מַֽפַּח־נָֽפֶשׁ 1 Zophar is using the phrase **expiration of breath**, which means “breathing out,” to mean dying. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will have no hope other than to pass away” or “they will have no hope other than to die” +11:20 j377 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠תִקְוָתָ֗⁠ם מַֽפַּח־נָֽפֶשׁ 1 Zophar is using the phrase **expiration of breath**, which means “breathing out,” to mean dying. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will have no hope other than to pass away” or “they will have no hope other than to die” 12:intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the start of Job’s response to Zophar’s first speech. (Job’s response to him continues in chapters 13 and 14.)\n- Verses 1–6: Job speaks to all three of his friends and protests that they have not been telling him anything that he does not already know\n- Verses 7–12: Job speaks specifically to Zophar and insists that what Zophar has just said in his speech is common knowledge in the world and something that he himself knows.\n- Verses 13–25: Job describes how God is so powerful that no one can resist what he does.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Plural and singular “you”\n\nThe pronoun “you” is plural in verses 1–3 because Job is addressing all three of his friends. The pronoun “you” is singular in verses 7–8 because Job is addressing Zophar. Use the plural and singular forms in these places if your language marks that distinction.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 13–24, Job makes a series of statements about how powerful God is. These specific statements illustrate the general statement that Job makes in verse 4 that God is “wise in heart and mighty in strength.” A series of statements such as this is known as a litany. If your readers would recognize what Job is doing, you can translate and format this litany the way the ULT does. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could format the general statement in a way that will show that it is a summary statement that shows the overall meaning of what Job is saying. You could then put each sentence of the litany on a separate line. The format might look something like this:\n> With him {are} wisdom and might; to him {are} counsel and understanding.\n> Behold, he breaks down, and it is not rebuilt; he closes upon a man, and it is not opened.\n> Behold, he withholds the waters and they dry up, and he sends them out and they overthrow the land.\n> With him {are} strength and prudence; to him {are} the one straying and the one causing to stray;\n> the one leading counselors away naked, and he makes judges foolish.\n> He removes the bond of kings and he wraps a cloth around their loins;\n> the one leading priests away naked, and the incumbent ones he overthrows,\n> the one removing the lip {that is} to the ones being trusted, and he takes away the discernment of the elders,\n> the one pouring contempt on nobles, and the belt of the mighty ones he loosens,\n> the one revealing deep things out of darkness, and he brings dark shadow into the light,\n> the one magnifying nations, and he destroys them; the one enlarging nations, and he exiles them,\n> the one removing a heart from the leaders of the people of the earth; he causes them to wander in a wasteland {with} no path.\n> They grope in darkness and not in light; he makes them wander like a drunkard. 12:2 dpz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony אָ֭מְנָם כִּ֣י אַתֶּם־עָ֑ם וְ֝⁠עִמָּ⁠כֶ֗ם תָּמ֥וּת חָכְמָֽה 1 For emphasis, Job is saying the opposite of what he means. If a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could indicate what Job actually means. Alternate translation: “You are speaking as if you were the people and as if wisdom would with you, but that is not true” 12:2 dk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַתֶּם־עָ֑ם 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word **you** is plural here and in the next two verses because Job is referring to his three friends. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways to indicate the plural reference. Alternate translation: “the three of you are the people” 12:2 xl1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַתֶּם־עָ֑ם 1 Job could be saying (while meaning the opposite): (1) that his three friends are so wise that their opinion is the one that really matters. Alternate translation: “you are the people whose opinion matters” (2) that in their counsel, his three friends are embodying the collective wisdom of their people. Alternate translation: “you have expressed the wisdom of our whole people” 12:2 j378 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ֝⁠עִמָּ⁠כֶ֗ם תָּמ֥וּת חָכְמָֽה 1 Job is speaking of **wisdom** as if it were a living thing that could **die**. He is saying (while meaning the opposite) that his friends are the only people who are truly wise and so there will be no wisdom left on earth once they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and indeed, you are the only wise people on earth” 12:3 j379 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גַּם־לִ֤⁠י לֵבָ֨ב ׀ כְּֽמוֹ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts, and in this context, specifically wise thoughts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have wisdom just as you do” -12:3 j380 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־נֹפֵ֣ל אָנֹכִ֣י מִ⁠כֶּ֑ם 1 Job is using this expression to mean that he is not inferior to his friends. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I do not fall short of you” or “I am not inferior to you” +12:3 j380 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־נֹפֵ֣ל אָנֹכִ֣י מִ⁠כֶּ֑ם 1 Job is using this expression to mean that he is not inferior to his friends. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I do not fall short of you” or “I am not inferior to you” 12:3 kd9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֶת־מִי־אֵ֥ין כְּמוֹ־אֵֽלֶּה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Indeed, such things as these are with everyone.” 12:3 j381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶת־מִי־אֵ֥ין כְּמוֹ־אֵֽלֶּה 1 Job is using this expression to mean that everyone knows the things that his friends have been saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And everyone knows such things as these” or “And everyone knows the things that you have been saying” 12:4 qdq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שְׂחֹ֤ק לְ⁠רֵעֵ֨⁠הוּ ׀ אֶֽהְיֶ֗ה קֹרֵ֣א לֶ֭⁠אֱלוֹהַּ וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 Job is actually using the pronouns **him** and **his** to refer to himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this using first-person pronouns. Alternate translation: “Even though God used to answer me when I called on him, now I have become laughter to my neighbor” -12:4 f67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׂחֹ֤ק 1 Job is using the term **laughter** by association to mean an object of laughter, that is, of derision. Your language may have an expression that you can use in your translation to convey this meaning. Alternate translation: “a laughingstock” +12:4 f67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׂחֹ֤ק 1 Job is using the term **laughter** by association to mean an object of laughter, that is, of derision. Your language may have an expression that you could use in your translation to convey this meaning. Alternate translation: “a laughingstock” 12:4 j382 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׂ֝ח֗וֹק צַדִּ֥יק תָּמִֽים 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I, a just and blameless man, have become a laughingstock!” 12:5 cg28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj שַׁאֲנָ֑ן 1 Job is using the adjective **secure** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are secure” 12:5 z8za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָ֝כ֗וֹן לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדֵי רָֽגֶל 1 Job is speaking of certain people as if their **foot** was literally **slipping** and they were about to fall down. Job is likely describing people who are struggling with difficulties, and he is saying that people who are **secure** believe that they are struggling because God is punishing them for their sins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They believe that when people struggle in life, that is because God is punishing them for their sins” @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 13:2 j410 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָדַ֣עְתִּי גַם־אָ֑נִי לֹא־נֹפֵ֖ל אָנֹכִ֣י 1 For emphasis, Job is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the words translated **know** and **falling**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis, for example, by using the intensive pronoun “myself.” Alternate translation: “I myself also know. I myself am not falling” 13:2 lcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־נֹפֵ֖ל אָנֹכִ֣י מִ⁠כֶּֽם 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [12:3](../12/03.md). Alternate translation: “I do not fall short of you” or “I am not inferior to you” 13:3 mx6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אֲ֭נִי אֶל־שַׁדַּ֣י אֲדַבֵּ֑ר 1 Job is using this future statement to express a wish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I wish to speak with Shaddai” or “I would rather speak with Shaddai” -13:4 f979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַתֶּ֥ם טֹֽפְלֵי־שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Job is speaking as if his friends were literally plastering him with a **lie**, that is, coating him with untruth as if they were plastering a surface with it. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are smearing me with lies” +13:4 f979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַתֶּ֥ם טֹֽפְלֵי־שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Job is speaking as if his friends were literally plastering him with a **lie**, that is, coating him with untruth as if they were plastering a surface with it. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are smearing me with lies” 13:4 p89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֹפְאֵ֖י אֱלִ֣ל כֻּלְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is speaking as if his friends were literally doctors or **healers** who were trying to cure him of a disease but were failing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “none of you have helped me at all by what you have said” 13:5 gp7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽי־יִ֭תֵּן הַחֲרֵ֣שׁ תַּחֲרִישׁ֑וּ⁠ן 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that being silent, you would be silent!” 13:5 j411 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הַחֲרֵ֣שׁ תַּחֲרִישׁ֑וּ⁠ן 1 Job is repeating a verb that means to **be silent** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you would be completely silent” @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 13:11 j11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֣א שְׂ֭אֵת⁠וֹ תְּבַעֵ֣ת אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם וּ֝⁠פַחְדּ֗⁠וֹ יִפֹּ֥ל עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “His majesty would certainly terrify you and the dread of him would certainly fall on you!” 13:11 e6x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ֝⁠פַחְדּ֗⁠וֹ יִפֹּ֥ל עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is speaking of **dread** as if it were a living thing that could actively **fall** on his friends, either in the sense of overwhelming them or of assailing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and would you not become extremely afraid of him” 13:12 s8ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זִֽ֭כְרֹנֵי⁠כֶם מִשְׁלֵי־אֵ֑פֶר 1 Job is speaking as if the **maxims** that his friends have been quoting were literally made of **ashes**. Since, in this culture, garbage was burned into ashes, Job likely means that these **maxims** are worthless, at least as applied to his situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The memorable proverbs you have been quoting are worthless to me” -13:12 brf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠גַבֵּי־חֹ֝֗מֶר גַּבֵּי⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is speaking as if his friends’ **defenses** of God were literally made of **clay**. He likely means that, like clay, they are fragile and would shatter if struck. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “your defenses would crumble if anyone challenged you” +13:12 brf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠גַבֵּי־חֹ֝֗מֶר גַּבֵּי⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is speaking as if his friends’ **defenses** of God were literally made of **clay**. He likely means that, like clay, they are fragile and would shatter if struck. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “your defenses would crumble if anyone challenged you” 13:13 vp1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠יַעֲבֹ֖ר עָלַ֣⁠י מָֽה 1 Job is speaking as if something might literally **come upon** him when he spoke. He means that something might happen to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will accept the consequences, whatever they may be” 13:14 wk5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַל־מָ֤ה ׀ אֶשָּׂ֣א בְשָׂרִ֣⁠י בְ⁠שִׁנָּ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠נַפְשִׁ֗⁠י אָשִׂ֥ים בְּ⁠כַפִּֽ⁠י 1 Job is posing to his friends a question whose answer he already knows. He is doing this to introduce the answer. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am taking my flesh in my teeth, yes, putting my life in my hands.” 13:14 j414 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־מָ֤ה ׀ אֶשָּׂ֣א בְשָׂרִ֣⁠י בְ⁠שִׁנָּ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally taking (that is, carrying) his own **flesh** in his **teeth**. The image seems to be that of an animal carrying in its mouth prey that it has caught and killed. Until the animal is able to bring the prey safely into its den, the prey is vulnerable and there is a risk that another animal will come and take it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do I put my flesh at risk” @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 14:4 j429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִֽי־יִתֵּ֣ן טָ֭הוֹר מִ⁠טָּמֵ֗א לֹ֣א אֶחָֽד 1 Job is speaking as if people who are sinful are literally **unclean** or dirty and as if people who are not sinful are literally **clean**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every person is sinful, so no person can bear and raise someone who is not sinful” 14:5 jij3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns חֲרוּצִ֨ים ׀ יָמָ֗י⁠ו 1 The pronoun **his** refers to a person in general, as in verse 2. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “a person’s days are determined” 14:5 fm5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive חֲרוּצִ֨ים ׀ יָמָ֗י⁠ו 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have determined his days” or “you determine for how many days each person will live” -14:5 iz79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽסְפַּר־חֳדָשָׁ֥י⁠ו אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 The expression **is with you** describes something that the person being addressed has the power and authority to decide. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “the number of his months is up to you” or “the number of his months is something that you decide” +14:5 iz79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽסְפַּר־חֳדָשָׁ֥י⁠ו אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 The expression **is with you** describes something that the person being addressed has the power and authority to decide. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “the number of his months is up to you” or “the number of his months is something that you decide” 14:6 j430 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שְׁעֵ֣ה מֵ⁠עָלָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠יֶחְדָּ֑ל 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that he may desist, look away from him” 14:6 j431 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יֶחְדָּ֑ל 1 In the context of this speech by Job, the word **desist** implicitly means to stop being continually concerned that God is watching and will judge and punish the slightest infraction. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “that he may live without continually fearing your punishment” 14:6 w4rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַד־יִ֝רְצֶ֗ה כְּ⁠שָׂכִ֥יר יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 The point of this comparison is that a **hireling**, that is, someone hired by the day for manual labor, has difficult work, but he knows that it is only for a short time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “until he finishes living his difficult but short life” @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 14:10 wz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and he is gone completely” 14:11 f32z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 0 This verse is the beginning of a sentence that Job completes at the start of the next verse. The entire sentence draws a comparison. To show this, you could create a verse bridge for verses 11–12. Within it, this sentence might say something like this: “Just as waters disappear from a lake and a river dwindles and dries up, so a man lies down and does not arise.” 14:11 dug9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet יֶחֱרַ֥ב וְ⁠יָבֵֽשׁ 1 The terms **dwindles** and **dries up** mean similar things. Job is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “steadily dries up” -14:12 a5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֗ב וְֽ⁠לֹא־יָ֫ק֥וּם 1 Job is using the expression **lies down** as a mild way to refer to death, and he is using the expression **arise** to mean “come back to life.” Your language may have similar expressions that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “passes away and does not return to this life” +14:12 a5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֗ב וְֽ⁠לֹא־יָ֫ק֥וּם 1 Job is using the expression **lies down** as a mild way to refer to death, and he is using the expression **arise** to mean “come back to life.” Your language may have similar expressions that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “passes away and does not return to this life” 14:12 j435 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א יָקִ֑יצוּ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵ֝עֹ֗רוּ מִ⁠שְּׁנָתָֽ⁠ם 1 Job is speaking of people who are dead as if they were asleep. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will remain dead; they will not be brought back to life” 14:12 j436 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֣א יָקִ֑יצוּ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵ֝עֹ֗רוּ מִ⁠שְּׁנָתָֽ⁠ם 1 The pronoun **their** and both instances of the pronoun **they** refer to people who die. Up to this point in this speech, Job has been talking about people dying by referring to a “man.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use singular pronouns in this sentence for continuity. Alternate translation: “he will not awake, no, he will not be roused from his sleep” 14:12 h4i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵ֝עֹ֗רוּ מִ⁠שְּׁנָתָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will rouse them from their sleep” or “and no one will rouse him from his sleep” @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 14:18 j443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ֝⁠צ֗וּר יֶעְתַּ֥ק מִ⁠מְּקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 The meaning of this phrase may be similar to the meaning of the phrases “his place will not know him again” in [7:10](../07/10.md) and “one destroys it from its place” in [8:18](../08/18.md). The emphasis may be not on the rock moving but on its no longer being in its **place**. Alternate translation: “and yes, even large rocks disappear” 14:19 nc2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תִּשְׁטֹֽף־ סְפִיחֶ֥י⁠הָ עֲפַר־אָ֑רֶץ 1 The pronoun **its** refers to the **earth**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the flooding of the earth washes away its dust” or “when the earth floods, that washes away its dust” 14:20 q4my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּתְקְפֵ֣⁠הוּ לָ֭⁠נֶצַח 1 Job is speaking as if each person were in a lifelong struggle with God and as if God were able to **overpower** or defeat each person throughout his life. Job likely means that people struggle to live, but God is able to enforce his decree that each person must ultimately die after living for a certain time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You make people’s bodies wear out throughout their lives” -14:20 uah1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יַּהֲלֹ֑ךְ 1 Job is using the expression **goes away** to mean “dies.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he passes away” +14:20 uah1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יַּהֲלֹ֑ךְ 1 Job is using the expression **goes away** to mean “dies.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he passes away” 14:20 p3dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מְשַׁנֶּ֥ה פָ֝נָ֗י⁠ו 1 The expression **changing his face** describes a person’s face becoming wrinkled as that person ages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making his face wrinkled” 14:20 j444 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מְשַׁנֶּ֥ה פָ֝נָ֗י⁠ו 1 Job may be using one part of the aging process, the **changing** of the **face** to become wrinkled, to mean the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causing him to age” 14:20 lq7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠תְּשַׁלְּחֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 Job is implicitly describing how God will **send** a person **away** from the community of living people to the abode of the dead. Job will describe this isolation in more detail in the next two verses. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you send him away from the community of living people to the abode of the dead” @@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 15:2 mw8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֶֽ⁠חָכָ֗ם יַעֲנֶ֥ה דַֽעַת־ר֑וּחַ וִֽ⁠ימַלֵּ֖א קָדִ֣ים בִּטְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. This verse is the beginning of a question that continues into the next verse, but if you translate it as a statement or as an exclamation, it may be helpful to make it a separate sentence in your translation. Alternate translation: “A wise person does not answer with knowledge of wind or fill his belly with the east wind!” 15:2 j446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הֶֽ⁠חָכָ֗ם יַעֲנֶ֥ה דַֽעַת־ר֑וּחַ וִֽ⁠ימַלֵּ֖א קָדִ֣ים בִּטְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Eliphaz is talking about Job in the third person, even though he is speaking to him directly. He is saying that Job himself must not be a wise person, since he has been talking in this way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “I can tell that you are not a wise person, because you have answered with knowledge of wind, yes, you have filled your belly with the east wind!” 15:2 j447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הֶֽ⁠חָכָ֗ם יַעֲנֶ֥ה 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Will the wise person answer” -15:2 hd46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַֽעַת־ר֑וּחַ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job’s **knowledge** consisted literally of **wind**. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language, as the UST models. Eliphaz could mean: (1) that Job is talking a lot, making a loud sound, but not saying anything of substance, just as the wind blows loudly but is only air. Alternate translation: “with such bluster” (2) that what Job is saying is insubstantial, as if it were the air that the wind was blowing around. Alternate translation: “with such empty statements” -15:2 h768 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִֽ⁠ימַלֵּ֖א קָדִ֣ים בִּטְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job has literally filled his **belly** with the **east wind**. In this location, the wind from the east brought hot air from the desert. Eliphaz is using this image to portray Job as taking deep breaths so that he can speak at length and then breathing out hot air as he speaks. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language, as the UST models. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, a wise man would not be so full of hot air” +15:2 hd46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַֽעַת־ר֑וּחַ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job’s **knowledge** consisted literally of **wind**. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language, as the UST models. Eliphaz could mean: (1) that Job is talking a lot, making a loud sound, but not saying anything of substance, just as the wind blows loudly but is only air. Alternate translation: “with such bluster” (2) that what Job is saying is insubstantial, as if it were the air that the wind was blowing around. Alternate translation: “with such empty statements” +15:2 h768 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִֽ⁠ימַלֵּ֖א קָדִ֣ים בִּטְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job has literally filled his **belly** with the **east wind**. In this location, the wind from the east brought hot air from the desert. Eliphaz is using this image to portray Job as taking deep breaths so that he can speak at length and then breathing out hot air as he speaks. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language, as the UST models. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, a wise man would not be so full of hot air” 15:3 mka2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הוֹכֵ֣חַ בְּ֭⁠דָבָר לֹ֣א יִסְכּ֑וֹן וּ֝⁠מִלִּ֗ים לֹא־יוֹעִ֥יל בָּֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. This verse is the continuation of a question that began in the previous verse, but it may be helpful to make it a separate sentence in your translation. Alternate translation: “No, a wise person does not reason with a word that does not benefit or with words that do not have profit in them!” 15:3 j448 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הוֹכֵ֣חַ בְּ֭⁠דָבָר לֹ֣א יִסְכּ֑וֹן וּ֝⁠מִלִּ֗ים לֹא־יוֹעִ֥יל בָּֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is using the terms **word** and **words** to mean what Job has been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “reasoning by saying things that do not benefit and by making statements that do not have profit in them” 15:4 k1xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַ֭תָּה תָּפֵ֣ר יִרְאָ֑ה 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **destroy**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you are completely destroying fear” @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 15:30 pm4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹֽ֭נַקְתּ⁠וֹ תְּיַבֵּ֣שׁ שַׁלְהָ֑בֶת 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the wicked person were literally a plant or bush whose **stalks** a **flame** could **dry up** or burn up. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will certainly perish” 15:30 a9ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יָס֗וּר בְּ⁠ר֣וּחַ פִּֽי⁠ו 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if a hot wind that dried up plants were actually **breath** from God’s **mouth**. (The same image appears elsewhere in the Bible, for example, in [Isaiah 40:7](../isa/40/07.md), “The grass withers, the flower wilts, for the breath of Yahweh blows on it.”) If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, God will destroy him” 15:30 j489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns פִּֽי⁠ו 1 The pronoun **his** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God’s mouth” -15:30 rxv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠יָס֗וּר 1 Eliphaz is using the word **depart** to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he will pass away” or “and he will die” +15:30 rxv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠יָס֗וּר 1 Eliphaz is using the word **depart** to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he will pass away” or “and he will die” 15:31 lr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַל־יַאֲמֵ֣ן ב⁠שו נִתְעָ֑ה\n\n 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **emptiness** and **recompense**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Let him not trust in things that have no value… for in return he will receive things that have no value” 15:32 j490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּֽ⁠לֹא־י֭וֹמ⁠וֹ 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **his day**, he means the day for the wicked to die. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When it is not his day to die” or “Before the time would have come for him to die” 15:32 j491 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּמָּלֵ֑א 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will happen” @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 16:4 j499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ל֤וּ־יֵ֪שׁ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֡ם תַּ֤חַת נַפְשִׁ֗⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself and his friends, their **souls**, to mean all of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you were in my place” 16:4 j500 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular כָּ⁠כֶ֪ם & נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֡ם & עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֣ם & עֲ֝לֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The word **you** is plural in each of these instances because Job is using it to refer to his three friends. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 16:4 mg21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחְבִּ֣ירָה& בְּ⁠מִלִּ֑ים 1 Job is using the term **words** to mean the things that he would say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I would say one thing after another” -16:4 bv7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠אָנִ֥יעָה עֲ֝לֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּמ֣וֹ רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 To **shake** the **head** at someone is a symbolic action indicating disapproval. This action may have the same meaning in your culture. If not, your culture may have a comparable gesture that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and I would point my finger at you” +16:4 bv7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠אָנִ֥יעָה עֲ֝לֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּמ֣וֹ רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 To **shake** the **head** at someone is a symbolic action indicating disapproval. This action may have the same meaning in your culture. If not, your culture may have a comparable gesture that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and I would point my finger at you” 16:5 j501 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony אֲאַמִּצְ⁠כֶ֥ם בְּמוֹ־פִ֑⁠י וְ⁠נִ֖יד שְׂפָתַ֣⁠י יַחְשֹֽׂךְ 1 For emphasis, Job is saying the opposite of what he means. He does not feel that his friends actually have been strengthening him or relieving him. If a speaker of your language would not say the opposite of what he means for emphasis, in your translation you could indicate what Job actually means. Alternate translation: “I would say things such as you have been saying, thinking that I was strengthening and comforting you, even though saying such things would actually make you feel worse, as you have been making me feel worse” 16:5 i21i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֲאַמִּצְ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 The word **you** is plural here because Job is using it to refer to his three friends. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 16:5 dvh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּמוֹ־פִ֑⁠י וְ⁠נִ֖יד שְׂפָתַ֣⁠י 1 Job is using the terms **mouth** and **lips** by association to mean speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what I said, and the things that I spoke” @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 16:21 j510 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּֽ⁠בֶן־אָדָ֥ם לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 In this instance, Job is using the word **and** to say that the phrase it introduces is just as true as the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “just as a son of man argues for his neighbor” 16:21 j511 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּֽ⁠בֶן־אָדָ֥ם לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 Although the terms **son** and **man** are masculine, the phrase **a son of man** has a generic sense and means “a human being.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “just as one human being argues on behalf of another human being” 16:22 j512 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׁנ֣וֹת מִסְפָּ֣ר יֶאֱתָ֑יוּ 1 Job is using the expression **years of number** to mean “a few years.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a few years will go by” -16:22 z81v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֹ֖רַח לֹא־אָשׁ֣וּב אֶהֱלֹֽךְ 1 When Job says that he will **go** on a **path** and **not return**, he means that he will die. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will pass away” or “and then I will die” +16:22 z81v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֹ֖רַח לֹא־אָשׁ֣וּב אֶהֱלֹֽךְ 1 When Job says that he will **go** on a **path** and **not return**, he means that he will die. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will pass away” or “and then I will die” 17:intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Job’s response to Eliphaz’s second speech. Job expresses his disappointment with his friends’ advice, he asks Yahweh to help him, and he wishes that he had good things to hope for.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. 17:1 j513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole רוּחִ֣⁠י חֻ֭בָּלָה יָמַ֥⁠י נִזְעָ֗כוּ 1 Job is making an overstatement when he says that his **spirit** has already been **destroyed** and his **days** have already been **extinguished**. He means that this is nearly the case. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My spirit is nearly destroyed, my days are nearly extinguished” 17:1 j514 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רוּחִ֣⁠י חֻ֭בָּלָה יָמַ֥⁠י נִזְעָ֗כוּ 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My troubles have nearly destroyed my spirit and extinguished my days” @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 17:1 yjx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמַ֥⁠י נִזְעָ֗כוּ 1 Job is using the term **days** to mean a specific period of time, his lifetime. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my life is extinguished” 17:1 j515 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָמַ֥⁠י נִזְעָ֗כוּ 1 Job is speaking as if his life were literally a flame that something had **extinguished** or snuffed out. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my life is almost over” 17:1 j516 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural קְבָרִ֥ים לִֽ⁠י 1 While the term **graves** is plural, it seems unlikely that Job means he will be buried in more than one grave. (1) Job could be using the plural form to indicate an indefinite thing. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “there is a grave ready for me somewhere” (2) Job could be speaking of a graveyard or cemetery by association with the way that such a place contains many **graves**. Alternate translation: “the graveyard is ready for me” -17:1 awv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism קְבָרִ֥ים לִֽ⁠י 1 Job is saying that **graves** are ready for him to mean that he will die soon. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “soon I will die” +17:1 awv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism קְבָרִ֥ים לִֽ⁠י 1 Job is saying that **graves** are ready for him to mean that he will die soon. This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “soon I will die” 17:2 jf81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־לֹ֣א הֲ֭תֻלִים עִמָּדִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “There are mockers with me, are there not?” 17:2 z26q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם־לֹ֣א הֲ֭תֻלִים עִמָּדִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely there are mockers with me!” 17:2 j517 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אִם־לֹ֣א הֲ֭תֻלִים עִמָּדִ֑⁠י 1 By **mockers**, Job most likely means his friends. He would be speaking of them in the third person even though they are present. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “All three of you have been mocking me!” @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 17:3 j519 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular שִֽׂימָ⁠ה־נָּ֭א עָרְבֵ֣⁠נִי עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 The word **you** and the implied “you” in the imperative **set** and in the imperative **be surety for** are singular because they refer to God. So use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 17:3 fwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִֽׂימָ⁠ה־נָּ֭א עָרְבֵ֣⁠נִי עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 Job is speaking as if God would literally **set down**, that is, surrender to a court, something of value in order to guarantee Job’s appearance in court and good conduct. Job is similarly speaking as if God would literally **be surety** for him, that is, personally guarantee his appearance and conduct. Job speaks this way even though he says at the same time that God himself would be trying his case (that is the meaning of **with you**). Your culture may have a similar custom that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “Please put up a bond for me even as you try my case” 17:3 l8dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי ה֝֗וּא לְ⁠יָדִ֥⁠י יִתָּקֵֽעַ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one else will strike himself to my hand” -17:3 j520 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction מִֽי ה֝֗וּא לְ⁠יָדִ֥⁠י יִתָּקֵֽעַ 1 Job is speaking of one person striking his hand against a second person’s hand as a symbolic action in order to show that he was committing himself to serve as a guarantor for that second person. Your culture may have a similar practice that you can use in your translation, and you can also explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “No one else will shake hands with me to pledge that he will be my guarantor” +17:3 j520 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction מִֽי ה֝֗וּא לְ⁠יָדִ֥⁠י יִתָּקֵֽעַ 1 Job is speaking of one person striking his hand against a second person’s hand as a symbolic action in order to show that he was committing himself to serve as a guarantor for that second person. Your culture may have a similar practice that you could use in your translation, and you can also explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “No one else will shake hands with me to pledge that he will be my guarantor” 17:4 j521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said in the previous verse that he believed no one else would be a guarantor for him. Alternate translation: “My friends will not be my guarantors because” 17:4 fbr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ֭בָּ⁠ם צָפַ֣נְתָּ מִּ⁠שָּׂ֑כֶל 1 Job is speaking as if God had literally **hidden** the **hearts** of his friends in a place where their hearts would not come in contact with **understanding**. Within the context of this image, Job is using the heart to represent the mind. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have kept their minds from understanding” 17:4 wj87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תְרֹמֵֽם 1 Job is speaking as if God would literally **exalt** his friends or lift them up to a height. He means that God would honor them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will not honor them” @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 17:5 i5ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בָנָ֣י⁠ו תִּכְלֶֽנָה 1 Job is speaking of how the **eyes** of people who are dying **fail** (no longer see) in order to describe those people dying. This is a poetic way of speaking about death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “his sons will certainly die” 17:5 j522 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָנָ֣י⁠ו 1 Here the masculine term **sons** has a generic sense that includes both sons and daughters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “his children” 17:6 j523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְֽ֭⁠הִצִּגַ⁠נִי 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God. After briefly speaking directly to God in verses 3 and 4, Job now speaks of God once again in the third person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But God has made me” -17:6 kzr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ל עַמִּ֑ים 1 Job is using the word **saying** to mean that the **peoples** are citing him by name as an outstanding example of someone who seemed to be prospering because he was righteous but who came to ruin because he was actually wicked. Your language may have an expression for this practice of citing people by name as examples that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a byword for the peoples” +17:6 kzr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ל עַמִּ֑ים 1 Job is using the word **saying** to mean that the **peoples** are citing him by name as an outstanding example of someone who seemed to be prospering because he was righteous but who came to ruin because he was actually wicked. Your language may have an expression for this practice of citing people by name as examples that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a byword for the peoples” 17:6 me7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠תֹ֖פֶת לְ⁠פָנִ֣ים אֶֽהְיֶֽה 1 People were **spitting** in Job’s **face** as a symbolic action to show their contempt for him as a wicked person, which he appeared to them to be. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and people have even been spitting in my face to show their contempt for me because they think I am a wicked person” 17:7 a9ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֣כַהּ מִ⁠כַּ֣עַשׂ עֵינִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the term **eye** by association to mean sight. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of my sorrow, I can only see dimly” 17:7 my86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠צֵּ֣ל 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **shadow** is insubstantial, so Job’s **members**, that is, the parts of his body, have become very thin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “have become as thin as a shadow” @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 17:12 j527 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יָשִׂ֑ימוּ 1 Job is speaking about his friends in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “You, my friends, change” or “You change” 17:12 j528 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations א֝֗וֹר קָר֥וֹב מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Many interpreters believe that in this sentence, Job is summarizing what his friends have been telling him. You may wish to represent the sentence in your translation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “You say, ‘Light is near from the face of darkness’” 17:12 fif1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy א֝֗וֹר קָר֥וֹב מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of something, by association with the way that people can see the face of a person who is present. Alternate translation: “Light is near from the presence of darkness” -17:12 j529 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs א֝֗וֹר קָר֥וֹב מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Job may be using a proverb, a short, popular saying about something that is generally true in life, to summarize what his friends have been telling him. Or his friends may have been quoting this proverb themselves in their advice to Job. Your language may have a similar saying that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “It’s always darkest before the dawn” +17:12 j529 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs א֝֗וֹר קָר֥וֹב מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Job may be using a proverb, a short, popular saying about something that is generally true in life, to summarize what his friends have been telling him. Or his friends may have been quoting this proverb themselves in their advice to Job. Your language may have a similar saying that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “It’s always darkest before the dawn” 17:13 h88c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בַּ֝⁠חֹ֗שֶׁךְ רִפַּ֥דְתִּי יְצוּעָֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the single activity of preparing a **bed** on which to sleep to mean all that is involved in making a place one’s home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I have made my home in the realm of the dead” 17:13 j530 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּ֝⁠חֹ֗שֶׁךְ 1 Job is using the term **darkness** to mean the realm of the dead, Sheol, by association with the way that it is dark there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if in the realm of the dead” 17:14 j531 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לַ⁠שַּׁ֣חַת קָ֭רָאתִי אָ֣בִ⁠י אָ֑תָּה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if I tell the pit that it is my father” or “if I call the pit my father” @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 17:16 j537 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural תֵּרַ֑דְנָה 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the hope that Job described in the previous verse. Job may be using a plural term to speak of the hope that he said would not be and the hope that he said no one would see, even though this is basically the same hope. If it would be more natural in your language, you could use a singular pronoun in your translation. Alternate translation: “Will it descend” or, as a statement, “Then it would descend” 17:16 yx83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּדֵּ֣י שְׁאֹ֣ל 1 Job is using the term **bars** to mean “gates,” by association with the way that bars keep a gate locked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the gates of Sheol” 17:16 j538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּדֵּ֣י שְׁאֹ֣ל 1 Job means implicitly that if his hope went down to the **bars** or gates of Sheol, it would be admitted there. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to Sheol and be admitted there” -17:16 z16e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אִם־יַ֖חַד עַל־עָפָ֣ר נָֽחַת 1 When Job speaks of having **rest** in the **dust**, he means having died. This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Will we die together” or “Will my hope die with me” +17:16 z16e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אִם־יַ֖חַד עַל־עָפָ֣ר נָֽחַת 1 When Job speaks of having **rest** in the **dust**, he means having died. This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Will we die together” or “Will my hope die with me” 17:16 ajw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אִם־יַ֖חַד עַל־עָפָ֣ר נָֽחַת 1 Job is speaking of his hope as if it were a living thing that could have **rest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do I have nothing more to hope for in this life” 18:intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Job’s friend Bildad speaks to him for a second time. As Eliphaz did in his second speech to Job in chapter 15, Bildad speaks more strongly to Job in this speech than he did in his first speech. Using much of the same language that Job used in chapters 16 and 17, Bildad defends himself and the other two friends and warns Job that God will punish him severely if he continues to be wicked (as Bildad believes him to be).\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. 18:2 b4en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֤נָה ׀ תְּשִׂימ֣וּ⁠ן קִנְצֵ֣י לְ⁠מִלִּ֑ין 1 Bildad is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should make an end of words right now!” or “It is not helpful for you to keep saying such things!” @@ -1354,9 +1354,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 18:17 j552 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִנִּי־אָ֑רֶץ 1 Bildad is using the term **earth** by association to mean the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among the people who live on the earth” 18:17 y9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֵׁ֥ם 1 Here, **name** represents a person’s fame and reputation. Alternate translation: “reputation” 18:17 fs6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־פְּנֵי־חֽוּץ 1 Bildad is speaking as if the surface of the land or ground were literally its **face**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “upon the surface of the land” -18:18 er2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יֶ֭הְדְּפֻ⁠הוּ מֵ⁠א֣וֹר אֶל־חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 The pronoun **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “He will be driven from light into darkness” +18:18 er2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יֶ֭הְדְּפֻ⁠הוּ מֵ⁠א֣וֹר אֶל־חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 The pronoun **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “He will be driven from light into darkness” 18:18 w8ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶ֭הְדְּפֻ⁠הוּ מֵ⁠א֣וֹר אֶל־חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 Bildad is using the term **light** to represent life and the term **darkness** to represent death. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be driven from among the living into the abode of the dead” -18:18 dr9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּֽ⁠מִ⁠תֵּבֵ֥ל יְנִדֻּֽ⁠הוּ 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “yes, he will be chased from the world” +18:18 dr9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּֽ⁠מִ⁠תֵּבֵ֥ל יְנִדֻּֽ⁠הוּ 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “yes, he will be chased from the world” 18:20 wn9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism עַל־י֭וֹמ⁠וֹ נָשַׁ֣מּוּ אַחֲרֹנִ֑ים וְ֝⁠קַדְמֹנִ֗ים אָ֣חֲזוּ שָֽׂעַר 1 Bildad is using two groups of people to mean all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. This could mean: (1) people who live after God punishes the wicked person and people who were alive beforehand and recognized that God would punish the wicked person. Alternate translation: “The way God punishes him will make a great impression on everyone who ever hears of him” (2) people who live to the west of the wicked person and people who live to the east of the wicked person. Alternate translation: “The way God punishes him will make a great impression on the people who live all around him” 18:20 j553 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אַחֲרֹנִ֑ים וְ֝⁠קַדְמֹנִ֗ים 1 If Bildad is speaking of people who live **after** and **before** God punishes the wicked person, then he is using those adjectives as nouns to mean certain groups of people. The ULT adds the word **ones** in each case to suggest this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Those who live after him … and those who see what is going to happen to him” 18:20 r4pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom י֭וֹמ⁠וֹ 1 Bildad is using the term **day** to mean what happens to the wicked person at a particular time, the time when God punishes him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what happens to him when God punishes him” @@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 19:19 uf7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מְתֵ֣י סוֹדִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using this possessive form to describe the **friends** with whom he took **counsel**, that is, the friends with whom he shared his private thoughts and whose advice he asked. Alternate translation: “the friends in whom I confided” 19:19 t7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נֶהְפְּכוּ־בִֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have turned against me” 19:20 j565 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ⁠עוֹרִ֣⁠י וּ֭⁠בִ⁠בְשָׂרִ⁠י דָּבְקָ֣ה עַצְמִ֑⁠י 1 Job is not referring to a specific **bone**. He means all of his bones. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “My bones cling to my skin and to my flesh” -19:20 lt45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ⁠עוֹרִ֣⁠י וּ֭⁠בִ⁠בְשָׂרִ⁠י דָּבְקָ֣ה עַצְמִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of this representative **bone** as if it were living thing that could **cling** to his **skin** and **flesh**. He means that his bones are right next to his skin and flesh, that is, all of the muscle in between has wasted away. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am just skin and bones” +19:20 lt45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ⁠עוֹרִ֣⁠י וּ֭⁠בִ⁠בְשָׂרִ⁠י דָּבְקָ֣ה עַצְמִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of this representative **bone** as if it were living thing that could **cling** to his **skin** and **flesh**. He means that his bones are right next to his skin and flesh, that is, all of the muscle in between has wasted away. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am just skin and bones” 19:20 ud4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ֝⁠אֶתְמַלְּטָ֗⁠ה בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר שִׁנָּֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if he had barely **escaped** from some disaster, and he is describing what he was able to escape with. Interpreters have different ideas about what he is describing, but they generally agree that it means something insignificant. Alternate translation: “and there is practically nothing left of me” 19:21 ux63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication חָנֻּ֬⁠נִי חָנֻּ֣⁠נִי 1 Job is repeating the verb **Pity** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Please have pity on me” 19:21 tbg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־אֱ֝ל֗וֹהַּ נָ֣גְעָה בִּֽ⁠י 1 Here the **hand of God** represents the power and activity of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is powerfully afflicting me” @@ -1427,13 +1427,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 19:25 j574 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וְ֝⁠אַחֲר֗וֹן 1 Job is using the adjective **last** as a noun to mean a certain time. This could mean: (1) a “later” time, after Job has died. Alternate translation: “after I have died” (2) that Job is the “last” time, the time at the end of the world. Alternate translation: “and that at the end of the world” 19:25 yy3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יָקֽוּם 1 In this culture, people stood up when they were about to speak. This was a symbolic action by which they indicated that they had something important to say. Standing up commanded the attention of the people they wanted to listen to them. In this context, the important thing that the redeemer had to say would be that Job was innocent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “he will stand and speak in my defense” 19:25 j575 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־עָפָ֥ר 1 Job is using the term **dust** by association to mean the earth, on whose surface there is dust. This may also be a poetic allusion to the fact that Job would be dead and at “rest” in the “dust,” as he said in [17:16](../17/16.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “upon the earth” -19:26 j576 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר ע֭וֹרִֽ⁠י נִקְּפוּ־זֹ֑את 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and that after my skin has been stricken off” +19:26 j576 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר ע֭וֹרִֽ⁠י נִקְּפוּ־זֹ֑את 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and that after my skin has been stricken off” 19:26 t5gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר ע֭וֹרִֽ⁠י נִקְּפוּ־זֹ֑את 1 Job is speaking as if someone or something might literally **strike** the **skin** off his bones. He could mean: (1) that his body will decay so that only the bones are left. Alternate translation: “and that even after my body decays so that only the bones are left” (2) that worms, such as he mentioned in [17:14](../17/14.md), will eat the skin off his bones. Alternate translation: “and that even after worms eat the skin off my bones” 19:26 j577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י 1 Job could be saying that he will **behold God**: (1) from the vantage point of his flesh, that is, from within his body. This would be an implicit expression of faith and confidence in the resurrection of the body. Alternate translation: “yet from my resurrected body” (2) apart from his flesh, that is, as a spirit after death. Alternate translation: “yet as a spirit after death” 19:26 p2pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽחֱזֶ֥ה אֱלֽוֹהַּ 1 As the General Notes to chapter 13 discuss, in this culture, a subject would be able to look a sovereign in the face if the sovereign favored that subject. Job seems to be alluding here to that cultural norm. The implication is that God will no longer consider him guilty but acknowledge that he was innocent all along. Job indicates in the previous verse that God will also acknowledge his innocence publicly to everyone on earth. Alternate translation: “I will be able to look God in the face because he will affirm that I am innocent” 19:27 j578 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲנִ֨י ׀ אֶֽחֱזֶה־לִּ֗⁠י וְ⁠עֵינַ֣⁠י רָא֣וּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Job is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I myself will see very clearly” 19:27 j579 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲנִ֨י ׀ אֶֽחֱזֶה 1 For emphasis, Job is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **will behold**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will certainly behold” -19:27 m1wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עֵינַ֣⁠י רָא֣וּ 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and see with my own eyes” +19:27 m1wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עֵינַ֣⁠י רָא֣וּ 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and see with my own eyes” 19:27 k566 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠לֹא־זָ֑ר 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. In this context, the word **stranger** means “someone else.” But it is also an allusion to what Job said in verse 15, that people who knew him now regard him as a “stranger.” Alternate translation: “and it will not be someone else who beholds him” 19:27 c3pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל֖וּ כִלְיֹתַ֣⁠י בְּ⁠חֵקִֽ⁠י 1 Here, the **kidneys** figuratively represents the emotions. Job is saying that he is overcome with emotion at the thought of seeing God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am overcome with emotion at this thought” 19:28 np8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּ֣י תֹ֭אמְרוּ מַה־נִּרְדָּף־ל֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ דָּ֝בָ֗ר נִמְצָא־בִֽ⁠י 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If you say that you are still going to persecute me because you believe that the root of the matter is found in me” @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 20:7 j589 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אַיּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The people who are asking about the wicked person are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “He is gone completely!” 20:8 rep3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָ֭עוּף 1 Zophar is speaking as if a wicked person would literally **fly away**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will vanish” 20:8 j590 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠חֲל֣וֹם 1 The point of this comparison is that just as when a **dream** ends, the person who had the dream realizes that it was not real, so it will be as if the wicked person had never existed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if he had never existed” -20:8 byk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִמְצָא֑וּ⁠הוּ 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to find him” +20:8 byk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִמְצָא֑וּ⁠הוּ 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to find him” 20:8 j591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֝⁠יֻדַּ֗ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will flee” 20:8 j592 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יֻדַּ֗ד 1 Zophar is speaking as if a wicked person would literally **be chased away** or flee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will vanish” 20:9 xu8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַ֣יִן שְׁ֭זָפַתּ⁠וּ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תוֹסִ֑יף 1 Zophar is using one part of a person, his **eye**, to mean all of that person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who previously saw him will not continue to see him” @@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 20:10 lji7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֝⁠יָדָ֗י⁠ו תָּשֵׁ֥בְנָה אוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Zophar is using one part of a wicked person, his **hands**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will return his wealth” 20:10 j593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠יָדָ֗י⁠ו תָּשֵׁ֥בְנָה אוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that this is **wealth** that a wicked person obtained fraudulently or by oppression and that he has been required to **return**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he will have to return the wealth that he obtained fraudulently and by oppression” 20:11 re6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַ֭צְמוֹתָי⁠ו מָלְא֣וּ 1 Zophar is using one part of a wicked person, his **bones**, to mean his whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His body is full” -20:11 je7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠עִמּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־עָפָ֥ר תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 Zophar is using the phrase **lie down … in the dust** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “but it will die with him” +20:11 je7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠עִמּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־עָפָ֥ר תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 Zophar is using the phrase **lie down … in the dust** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “but it will die with him” 20:11 j594 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ֝⁠עִמּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־עָפָ֥ר תִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 Zophar is speaking of the **vigor** of a wicked person as if it were a living thing that could **lie down in the dust** or die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he will die while he is still young and strong” 20:12 w36z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּמְתִּ֣יק בְּ⁠פִ֣י⁠ו רָעָ֑ה 1 Zophar is speaking as if a wicked person could literally put **wickedness** in his **mouth** and taste it and find it **sweet**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he enjoys wickedness” 20:12 j595 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּמְתִּ֣יק בְּ⁠פִ֣י⁠ו רָעָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things are sweet in his mouth” or “he enjoys doing wicked things” @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 20:20 zi35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives בַּ֝⁠חֲמוּד֗⁠וֹ לֹ֣א יְמַלֵּֽט 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “he will lose all of the things that he desired” 20:21 e2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵין־שָׂרִ֥יד לְ⁠אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) Alternate translation: “There is nothing left after he has eaten” (2) Alternate translation: “There is nothing left for him to eat” 20:22 j603 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠מְלֹ֣אות שִׂ֭פְק⁠וֹ 1 Zophar is speaking of the **wealth** of a wicked person as if he were a container that could become full. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Even if he becomes very wealthy,” -20:22 k3n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֵ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 Zophar is using this expression to mean that the wicked person will experience great distress. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will be in dire straits” or “he will experience great distress” +20:22 k3n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֵ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 Zophar is using this expression to mean that the wicked person will experience great distress. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will be in dire straits” or “he will experience great distress” 20:22 j604 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כָּל־יַ֖ד עָמֵ֣ל תְּבוֹאֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Zophar is using the adjective **troubling** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the hand of every person who causes trouble will come against him” 20:22 tq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־יַ֖ד עָמֵ֣ל תְּבוֹאֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Here, **hand** represents the power and activity of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person who causes trouble will work against him” 20:22 j605 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־יַ֖ד עָמֵ֣ל תְּבוֹאֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Zophar says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who cause trouble will work against him” @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 21:22 ail2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֥ל יְלַמֶּד־דָּ֑עַת וְ֝⁠ה֗וּא רָמִ֥ים יִשְׁפּֽוֹט 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can teach knowledge to God, since he judges the ones being high!” 21:22 x9p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָמִ֥ים 1 Job is probably using the term **high** by association to mean angels, who are high in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even the angels” 21:23 j658 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns זֶ֗ה 1 The pronoun **This** does not refer to a specific person. Job is using it to describe one kind of person and to introduce a contrast with a different kind of person, whom he describes as “That one” in verse 25. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “One person” -21:23 krv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֶ֣צֶם תֻּמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 In this expression, the word **bone** indicates the essence of something. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “at the height of his perfection” +21:23 krv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֶ֣צֶם תֻּמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 In this expression, the word **bone** indicates the essence of something. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “at the height of his perfection” 21:23 j659 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠עֶ֣צֶם תֻּמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perfection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while he is still perfectly healthy” 21:23 j660 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כֻּ֝לּ֗⁠וֹ שַׁלְאֲנַ֥ן וְ⁠שָׁלֵֽיו 1 Job says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “he is very tranquil and secure” 21:23 j661 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כֻּ֝לּ֗⁠וֹ שַׁלְאֲנַ֥ן וְ⁠שָׁלֵֽיו 1 The terms **tranquil** and **secure** mean similar things. Job may be using the two terms together for emphasis. However, there is a slight difference between them. The word **tranquil** refers more to a person not having to worry about threats, while the word **secure** refers more to a person being wealthy. You could express both words with a single phrase that would communicate emphasis, or you could use two words to bring out the different shades of meaning. Alternate translation: “he is very comfortable” or “he is so wealthy that he does not worry” @@ -1616,11 +1616,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 21:24 uug7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מֹ֖חַ עַצְמוֹתָ֣י⁠ו יְשֻׁקֶּֽה 1 Job is using one aspect of this person’s health, the fact that the **marrow of his bones** is healthy, to indicate that the person is healthy in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he is very healthy” 21:24 sa7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְשֻׁקֶּֽה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is moist” 21:25 s5ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠זֶ֗ה 1 See how you translated the expression “This one” in [21:23](../21/23.md). Alternate translation: “But another person” -21:25 m7zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠נֶ֣פֶשׁ מָרָ֑ה 1 Like the word “bone” in verse 21, in this expression, the word **soul** indicates the essence of something. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the depths of bitterness” +21:25 m7zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠נֶ֣פֶשׁ מָרָ֑ה 1 Like the word “bone” in verse 21, in this expression, the word **soul** indicates the essence of something. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the depths of bitterness” 21:25 k7cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠נֶ֣פֶשׁ מָרָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **bitterness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when his life is very bitter” 21:25 j662 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־אָ֝כַ֗ל בַּ⁠טּוֹבָֽה 1 Job is talking about more than food here, and so when he speaks as if a person could literally have **eaten** things that are **good** (although in this case the person did not), he means experiencing those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he has not experienced the good” 21:25 xpm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וְ⁠לֹֽא־אָ֝כַ֗ל בַּ⁠טּוֹבָֽה 1 Job is using the adjective **good** as a noun to mean a certain kind of thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and he has not experienced good things” or “and he has not enjoyed good things” -21:26 fc95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יַ֭חַד עַל־עָפָ֣ר יִשְׁכָּ֑בוּ 1 Job is using the phrase **lie down … in the dust** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “They both die and are buried” +21:26 fc95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יַ֭חַד עַל־עָפָ֣ר יִשְׁכָּ֑בוּ 1 Job is using the phrase **lie down … in the dust** to mean “die.” This is a poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “They both die and are buried” 21:26 j663 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝⁠רִמָּ֗ה תְּכַסֶּ֥ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Job is not referring to a specific **worm**. He means worms in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “and worms cover them both” 21:26 tyf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠רִמָּ֗ה תְּכַסֶּ֥ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The implication of worms covering the bodies of these dead people is that the worms are eating their bodies. For clarity, you could indicate that in your. Alternate translation: “and worms eat their bodies” 21:27 veu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָ֭דַעְתִּי מַחְשְׁבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וּ֝⁠מְזִמּ֗וֹת 1 Job implicitly means that he knows his friends are thinking of him when they speak of a wicked person. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I know that when you speak of a wicked person, you are speaking of me, and I know the notions” @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 21:31 ri98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Job is speaking of how a person lives as if that were a **way** or path that the person was walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his manner of life” 21:31 wlf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנָ֣י⁠ו 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “to him personally” 21:31 wn61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הֽוּא־עָ֝שָׂ֗ה מִ֣י יְשַׁלֶּם־לֽ⁠וֹ 1 As in verse 19, here the word **repay** has the sense of “punish.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God does not punish him for what he has done.” -21:32 j678 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ֭⁠הוּא לִ⁠קְבָר֣וֹת יוּבָ֑ל 1 The word that the ULT translates as **brought forth** here is the same word that it translates as “brought forth” in verse 30. Job is saying that a wicked person is not only spared from God’s punishment, he is buried with honor in a great procession (which Job describes further in the next verse). Your language may similarly have a term that you can use in both contexts to show the contrast that Job is drawing here between what a wicked person deserves and what he gets. +21:32 j678 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ֭⁠הוּא לִ⁠קְבָר֣וֹת יוּבָ֑ל 1 The word that the ULT translates as **brought forth** here is the same word that it translates as “brought forth” in verse 30. Job is saying that a wicked person is not only spared from God’s punishment, he is buried with honor in a great procession (which Job describes further in the next verse). Your language may similarly have a term that you could use in both contexts to show the contrast that Job is drawing here between what a wicked person deserves and what he gets. 21:32 g68a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֭⁠הוּא & יוּבָ֑ל 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, people will carry him” 21:32 j679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽ⁠עַל־גָּדִ֥ישׁ יִשְׁקֽוֹד 1 The implication is that people will keep **watch** over the wicked person’s **burial mound** to make sure that it is kept in good order and not desecrated. In other words, even in death the wicked person has an honored place in the community. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and people from the community will watch his burial mound to make sure that no one desecrates it” 21:32 j680 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown גָּדִ֥ישׁ 1 In this culture, to show special honor to a person after his death, people might build a **mound** of stones or earth over his grave. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, in your translation you could name a comparable practice of your own culture, or you could convey the meaning with a general expression. Alternate translation: “his honorable burial site” @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:5 zd3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֣א רָעָֽתְ⁠ךָ֣ רַבָּ֑ה 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your wickedness is great!” 22:5 j688 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠אֵֽין־קֵ֝֗ץ לַ⁠עֲוֺנֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz says **no end** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And you are guilty of very many iniquities” 22:6 z1dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Eliphaz is not saying that Job has definitely done the wrongs that he describes in this verse and the next three verses. He is using the word **For** to encourage Job to consider what he might have done wrong, since God seems to be punishing him for something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Perhaps” or “Consider whether” -22:6 hip2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַחְבֹּ֣ל אַחֶ֣י⁠ךָ חִנָּ֑ם 1 By **without cause**, Eliphaz probably means that Job did not need to take a garment in pledge as security for the kind of small loan that a laborer in this culture would require. Job was a wealthy man, Eliphaz notes in verse 8, and he could afford a relatively small loss, while the outer garment the laborer would have to give in pledge (described in the second half of the verse) probably represented his most valuable possession. Eliphaz may also be suggesting that the laborer was trustworthy and Job could have and should have trusted him to repay the loan without demanding security. Your culture may have terms and customs relating to loans and pledges that you can use in your translation to bring out the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “you have forced your brother to give you his outer garment as security for a loan, even though you did not need to do that” +22:6 hip2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַחְבֹּ֣ל אַחֶ֣י⁠ךָ חִנָּ֑ם 1 By **without cause**, Eliphaz probably means that Job did not need to take a garment in pledge as security for the kind of small loan that a laborer in this culture would require. Job was a wealthy man, Eliphaz notes in verse 8, and he could afford a relatively small loss, while the outer garment the laborer would have to give in pledge (described in the second half of the verse) probably represented his most valuable possession. Eliphaz may also be suggesting that the laborer was trustworthy and Job could have and should have trusted him to repay the loan without demanding security. Your culture may have terms and customs relating to loans and pledges that you could use in your translation to bring out the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “you have forced your brother to give you his outer garment as security for a loan, even though you did not need to do that” 22:6 j689 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean a fellow human being. He is suggesting that Job should feel an affinity for any fellow human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow human being” 22:6 qq5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בִגְדֵ֖י עֲרוּמִּ֣ים תַּפְשִֽׁיט 1 The word translated **naked** can describe people who have little clothing, and that seems to be the meaning here. It would not make sense to speak of the **clothing** of people who were **naked** in the sense of having no clothing. The idea seems to be that by taking in pledge an outer garment that a laborer would also use as a blanket at night, Job was leaving that person without enough clothing to stay warm. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “indeed, you have left that person without enough clothing to stay warm” 22:7 j690 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj עָיֵ֣ף & וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠רָעֵ֗ב 1 Eliphaz is using the adjectives **weary** and **hungry** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “weary people … and from hungry people” @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:20 jwg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אִם־לֹ֣א נִכְחַ֣ד קִימָ֑⁠נוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “God has cut off our enemies!” 22:20 j715 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִם־לֹ֣א נִכְחַ֣ד קִימָ֑⁠נוּ 1 To make a different point, that God actually judges wicked people in this life, Eliphaz is echoing what Job said in [21:21](../21/21..md). There Job spoke of a wicked person dying as if he were literally being **cut off**, like a branch from a tree. See how you translated the similar expression there. Alternate translation: “God has ended the lives of our enemies!” 22:20 j716 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יִתְרָ֗⁠ם אָ֣כְלָה אֵֽשׁ 1 Eliphaz depicts innocent and righteous people as speaking as if **fire** had destroyed the **possessions** of wicked people. Eliphaz depicts them as speaking as if the fire had literally **devoured** or eaten the possessions. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they have lost their possessions” or “And other people will now get their possessions” -22:21 aj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַסְכֶּן־נָ֣א עִמּ֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁלם 1 Eliphaz is echoing his own words at the beginning of this speech and Job’s words in his preceding speech. In verse 2, Eliphaz insisted that a person cannot be “useful to God,” that is, a person can do nothing to win God’s favor or to put God under obligation. Here Eliphaz uses a different form of the same verb to encourage Job to **Reconcile** with God. A person, he says, can at least cultivate a good relationship with God. Job said in [21:19](../21/19.md) that he wished God would “repay” wicked people, that is, punish them. Eliphaz uses the same verb here to encourage Job to be **at peace** with God, with the suggestion that to that end, Job should do whatever is necessary to make up for any wrong things he has done. Your language may have terms that you can use here and in [21:19](../21/19.md) and [22:2](../22/02.md) in order to show these connections. +22:21 aj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַסְכֶּן־נָ֣א עִמּ֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁלם 1 Eliphaz is echoing his own words at the beginning of this speech and Job’s words in his preceding speech. In verse 2, Eliphaz insisted that a person cannot be “useful to God,” that is, a person can do nothing to win God’s favor or to put God under obligation. Here Eliphaz uses a different form of the same verb to encourage Job to **Reconcile** with God. A person, he says, can at least cultivate a good relationship with God. Job said in [21:19](../21/19.md) that he wished God would “repay” wicked people, that is, punish them. Eliphaz uses the same verb here to encourage Job to be **at peace** with God, with the suggestion that to that end, Job should do whatever is necessary to make up for any wrong things he has done. Your language may have terms that you could use here and in [21:19](../21/19.md) and [22:2](../22/02.md) in order to show these connections. 22:21 z6jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠שְׁלם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and have a peaceful relationship with him” 22:21 j717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בָּ֝⁠הֶ֗ם 1 The pronoun **these** refers to the actions of reconciling and being at peace with God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “if you do these things” 22:21 j718 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj תְּֽבוֹאַתְ⁠ךָ֥ טוֹבָֽה 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **good** as a noun to mean a certain kind of thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “good things will come to you” @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:28 ldp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יָ֣קָם לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 In this context, the word **stand** means “happen,” with the idea of surety and durability. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it will certainly happen for you” or “and you will certainly be able to do it” 22:28 k1nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־דְּ֝רָכֶ֗י⁠ךָ נָ֣גַֽהּ אֽוֹר 1 Eliphaz is speaking of the plans Job might want to carry out as if they were a series of **paths** that Job would be walking along. When he says that **light** will **shine** on these paths, he means that Job will know clearly how to carry out his plans. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will know clearly how to carry out your plans successfully” 22:29 j729 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִ֭שְׁפִּילוּ וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר גֵּוָ֑ה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if people might literally **cast** Job **down**, that is, throw him down from a height or throw him onto the ground. He is also speaking as if Job might ask God to lift him up from where people had thrown him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are in difficult circumstances and you say, ‘Help me!’” -22:29 yck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הִ֭שְׁפִּילוּ 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “when you are cast down” +22:29 yck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הִ֭שְׁפִּילוּ 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “when you are cast down” 22:29 j730 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר גֵּוָ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you ask God to lift you up” 22:29 j731 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יוֹשִֽׁעַ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God. Eliphaz is talking about the results of prayer, as he described in verse 27. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God will save” 22:29 j732 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וְ⁠שַׁ֖ח עֵינַ֣יִם 1 Job is using the adjective phrase **the lowered of eyes** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “then … the person who has lowered his eyes” or “then … the who is looking down” @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:30 j736 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֝⁠נִמְלַ֗ט 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “indeed, God will rescue him” 22:30 wrz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠בֹ֣ר כַּפֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is likely using the term **hands** by association to mean “prayers,” since people in this culture lifted their hands when they prayed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the cleanness of your prayers” 22:30 f84n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֹ֣ר כַּפֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job would have literally refrained from doing things that would make his **hands** dirty. He means that Job would not have done wrong things, and so he could offer prayers to God as an innocent person whose prayers God would answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the prayers that you, as an innocent person, offer for him” -23:intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the beginning of Job’s response to Eliphaz’s third and final speech. Job’s response continues in the next chapter.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Legal proceeding\n\nIn this chapter, Job speaks of making a legal case to prove his innocence to God. As a note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, in this culture, people typically presented such cases to community leaders in public places such as the gate of a town. Each party in a dispute would question the other party in the presence of the leaders, and the leaders would then discuss the case and decide which party was guilty and which party was innocent. However, the Bible indicates that judges would also travel around from place to place and hear cases. For example, [1 Samuel 7:16–17](../1sa/07/16.md) says that Samuel “went around to Bethel and Gilgal and Mizpah and judged Israel in all those places.” Job is envisioning God serving as this kind of judge and hearing his case. In your translation, express his language in such a way that readers who are familiar with the legal process in your own culture will recognize what Job is saying.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “he,” “him,” and “his”\n\nThe pronouns “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to God throughout this chapter. The UST models how a translation may say “God” regularly in order to make this clear.\n\n### “my hand” or “his hand” (23:2)\n\nIn verse 2, Hebrew manuscripts read “my hand.” The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient translations of the Hebrew Bible into other languages say “his hand,” and some modern versions follow that reading. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. +23:intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the beginning of Job’s response to Eliphaz’s third and final speech. Job’s response continues in the next chapter.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Legal proceeding\n\nIn this chapter, Job speaks of making a legal case to prove his innocence to God. As a note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, in this culture, people typically presented such cases to community leaders in public places such as the gate of a town. Each party in a dispute would question the other party in the presence of the leaders, and the leaders would then discuss the case and decide which party was guilty and which party was innocent. However, the Bible indicates that judges would also travel around from place to place and hear cases. For example, [1 Samuel 7:16–17](../1sa/07/16.md) says that Samuel “went around to Bethel and Gilgal and Mizpah and judged Israel in all those places.” Job is envisioning God serving as this kind of judge and hearing his case. In your translation, express his language in such a way that readers who are familiar with the legal process in your own culture will recognize what Job is saying.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “he,” “him,” and “his”\n\nThe pronouns “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to God throughout this chapter. The UST models how a translation may say “God” regularly in order to make this clear.\n\n### “my hand” or “his hand” (23:2)\n\nIn verse 2, Hebrew manuscripts read “my hand.” The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient translations of the Hebrew Bible into other languages say “his hand,” and some modern versions follow that reading. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the readingof the ULT. 23:2 fi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גַּם־הַ֭⁠יּוֹם 1 Job is using this expression to emphasize to his friends that their arguments have not changed his situation at all. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Despite all the things you have said to me,” 23:2 ke1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְרִ֣י שִׂחִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if his **complaint** about what has happened to him is **bitter** or bad-tasting. The image is that what he says is so unpleasant that it leaves a bad taste in his mouth when he says it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have many unpleasant things to complain about” 23:2 cm2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָ֝דִ֗⁠י כָּבְדָ֥ה עַל־אַנְחָתִֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if he were literally holding his **hand** down hard on his **groaning** in order to suppress it. He means that there is more that he could groan or complain about than he has actually stated yet. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have been suppressing my groaning” @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 24:19 b8g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִגְזְל֥וּ מֵֽימֵי־שֶׁ֗לֶג 1 Job is speaking as if, in the hot season, **Drought** and **heat** literally **strip away** the **waters** in his arid region that come from melting **snow** in the mountains. He means that the heat makes these waters evaporate. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make water from melted snow evaporate” 24:20 hnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִשְׁכָּ֘חֵ֤⁠הוּ רֶ֨חֶם ׀ מְתָ֘ק֤⁠וֹ רִמָּ֗ה ע֥וֹד לֹֽא־יִזָּכֵ֑ר 1 The pronouns **him** and **he** refers to a wicked person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The womb will forget a wicked person, the worm will dine on that person, until he is not remembered” 24:20 dg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׁכָּ֘חֵ֤⁠הוּ רֶ֨חֶם 1 Job is using the term **womb** by association to mean the mother who carried the wicked person in her womb and gave birth to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As for a wicked person, even his own mother will forget him” -24:20 ja3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony מְתָ֘ק֤⁠וֹ רִמָּ֗ה 1 The term translated **dine** means to eat with enjoyment. Job is describing an ironic consequence that wicked people will experience. During their lives, as he said earlier, they had oil and wine and grain that they enjoyed but did not share with others. Now, after death, they provide a satisfying meal for the worms that eat them in their graves. Your language may have a term similar to **dine** that you can use in your translation. +24:20 ja3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony מְתָ֘ק֤⁠וֹ רִמָּ֗ה 1 The term translated **dine** means to eat with enjoyment. Job is describing an ironic consequence that wicked people will experience. During their lives, as he said earlier, they had oil and wine and grain that they enjoyed but did not share with others. Now, after death, they provide a satisfying meal for the worms that eat them in their graves. Your language may have a term similar to **dine** that you could use in your translation. 24:20 auf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ע֥וֹד לֹֽא־יִזָּכֵ֑ר וַ⁠תִּשָּׁבֵ֖ר כָּ⁠עֵ֣ץ עַוְלָֽה 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until no one remembers him and wickedness is like a tree that a windstorm has broken” 24:20 k6gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַ⁠תִּשָּׁבֵ֖ר כָּ⁠עֵ֣ץ עַוְלָֽה 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **tree** may be **broken** (by a powerful wind, for example) so that it falls over and dies, so a wicked person will lose his possessions and status and ultimately die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wickedness is broken, just as a windstorm knocks down a tree and it dies” 24:21 j776 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns רֹעֶ֣ה עֲ֭קָרָה 1 The pronoun **one** refers to a wicked person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “A wicked person devours the barren” @@ -1983,13 +1983,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 27:1 j816 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף אִ֭יּוֹב שְׂאֵ֥ת מְשָׁל֗⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֹּאמַֽר 1 The narrator is speaking as if Job’s **discourse** or speech were an object that he could **take up** or pick up. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As Job continued his speech, he said” or “Job continued speaking and he said” 27:2 tp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As God lives, who has turned away my justice; as Shaddai lives, who has made my life bitter” 27:2 vm9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is swearing an oath in the way that was characteristic in his culture. In your translation, you can translate this in the way that would be characteristic in your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear by God, who has turned away my justice; I swear by Shaddai, who has made my life bitter” -27:2 zm2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if the **justice** to which he is entitled were a person who was coming to testify on his behalf but God **turned** that person **away** from the right path so that he never arrived. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has denied justice to me” +27:2 zm2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his **justice** as if it were an object that God had **taken away** from him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has denied justice to me” 27:3 j817 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **that** to introduce the content of the oath that he began to swear in the previous verse. In some cases, if you translated the previous verse to reflect the way people swear oaths in your culture, you may not need to include the word **that** here. If you chose to reflect the way Job swore this oath following the practices of his own culture, it may be helpful to show what he is using the word **that** to mean. Alternate translation: “I swear that” -27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠ר֖וּחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּ⁠אַפִּֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the **breath** in his **nose** by association to mean breathing, and he is using breathing by association to mean being alive. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for as long as I draw the breath of life” or “and for as long as I am alive” +27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠ר֖וּחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּ⁠אַפִּֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the **breath** in his **nose** by association to mean breathing, and he is using breathing by association to mean being alive. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for as long as I draw the breath of life” or “and for as long as I am alive” 27:4 xct5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣⁠י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנִ֗⁠י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 This is the conclusion of the oath that Job is swearing. In this culture, people would swear an oath by stating the first part of a condition but not the second part. (But see the General Notes to chapter 31, which explain how Job does state the second part of many conditions in the oaths that he swears in that chapter.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of the condition. Alternate translation: “if my lips speak wickedness, or if my tongue utters deceit, may God punish me severely!” 27:4 j818 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣⁠י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנִ֗⁠י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 Job is using parts of himself, his **lips** and his **tongue**, to mean all of him in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I speak wickedness or utter deceit” 27:4 vg54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִם־תְּדַבֵּ֣רְנָה שְׂפָתַ֣⁠י עַוְלָ֑ה וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנִ֗⁠י אִם־יֶהְגֶּ֥ה רְמִיָּֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wickedness** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “if I say anything that is wicked or deceitful” -27:5 tp64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֮ אִם־אַצְדִּ֪יק אֶ֫תְ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 Job is using this expression to mean that he would no more **justify** his friends (that is, agree that they are right) than he would commit a **Sacrilege**, that is, do something that he knew would be offensive to God in a religious sense. Your language may have an expression with a similar sense that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “God forbid that I justify you” +27:5 tp64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֮ אִם־אַצְדִּ֪יק אֶ֫תְ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 Job is using this expression to mean that he would no more **justify** his friends (that is, agree that they are right) than he would commit a **Sacrilege**, that is, do something that he knew would be offensive to God in a religious sense. Your language may have an expression with a similar sense that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “God forbid that I justify you” or “Far be it from me to justify you” 27:5 n6mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֶ֫תְ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 The word **you** is plural here because Job is addressing his three friends, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 27:5 j819 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֶגְוָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the term **expire** in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I pass away” 27:5 uy2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־אָסִ֖יר תֻּמָּתִ֣⁠י מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Job is speaking as if his **integrity**, meaning in this case his conviction that he has been acting properly, were a person whom he could **turn away** and make go somewhere else. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will keep insisting that I have been acting properly” @@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 27:23 j837 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠מְּקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This could mean: (1) that the wind Job is describing **hisses** at the wicked person from within the home that it has forced him to abandon. (Job says of the wind in verse 21, “it blasts him from his place.”) Alternate translation: “from within his former home, which this wind now occupies” (2) that the wind **hisses** at the wicked person now that he is out of **his place**. Alternate translation: “because he has had to abandon his home” 28:intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad and the other two friends. In this part of his speech, Job discusses how people can obtain wisdom. Both he and his friends have stressed the importance of wisdom (for example, in 12:2, 15:8, and 26:3). Job says at the end of this eloquent discussion that “the fear of the Lord—that is wisdom, and to turn from evil is understanding.” The implication is that Job, who prizes wisdom so much, would not have disrespected God, committed evil, and thus missed out on having wisdom. So in this chapter, Job gives another important defense of his innocence.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Reference of “it” in verses 13–18\n\nJob introduces the subject of “wisdom” in verse 12. Then, from verse 14 through to the end of the chapter, he refers to wisdom most of the time with the pronouns “it” and “its.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify the referent and say “wisdom” at regular intervals for clarity. Notes suggest how you might do this at various places. 28:1 fb4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝⁠מָק֗וֹם 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and surely there is a place” -28:1 zr9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לַ⁠זָּהָ֥ב יָזֹֽקּוּ 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “where gold is refined” or “where people refine gold” +28:1 zr9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לַ⁠זָּהָ֥ב יָזֹֽקּוּ 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “where gold is refined” or “where people refine gold” 28:2 j838 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ֭רְזֶל מֵ⁠עָפָ֣ר יֻקָּ֑ח 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People take iron from the dust” 28:2 a9j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵ⁠עָפָ֣ר 1 Job is using one part of the ground, the **dust** on its surface, to mean the ground itself. **Iron** is actually **taken** from deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the ground” 28:2 b12i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝⁠אֶ֗בֶן יָצ֥וּק נְחוּשָֽׁה 1 Job is speaking of the ore from which **copper** is **smelted** as **stone**, since that ore is a type of stone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and people smelt copper from ore” @@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 29:18 j894 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֶגְוָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the term **expire** in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will pass away” 29:18 mx7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עִם־קִנִּ֣⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his home as if it were literally a **nest** such as a bird would live in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in my own home” 29:18 ree7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ֝⁠כַ⁠ח֗וֹל אַרְבֶּ֥ה יָמִֽים 1 The point of this comparison is that just as **sand** has a very large number of grains, so Job expected to live for a very large number of days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “after I have lived for very many days” or “after I have lived for a long time” -29:19 j895 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שָׁרְשִׁ֣⁠י פָת֣וּחַ אֱלֵי־מָ֑יִם וְ֝⁠טַ֗ל יָלִ֥ין בִּ⁠קְצִירִֽ⁠י 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “I said that my root was spread out to the waters and that the dew lodged on my branch” +29:19 j895 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שָׁרְשִׁ֣⁠י פָת֣וּחַ אֱלֵי־מָ֑יִם וְ֝⁠טַ֗ל יָלִ֥ין בִּ⁠קְצִירִֽ⁠י 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in a such way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “I said that my root was spread out to the waters and that the dew lodged on my branch” 29:19 f52q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁרְשִׁ֣⁠י פָת֣וּחַ אֱלֵי־מָ֑יִם וְ֝⁠טַ֗ל יָלִ֥ין בִּ⁠קְצִירִֽ⁠י 1 Job spoke of himself in those days as if he were literally a tree that was healthy and flourishing because it was getting all the moisture that it required. Since Job is describing what he used to say, it may be good to retain this image in your translation, but if it would be more natural in your language, you could express it as a comparison. Alternate translation: “I said that I was like a tree that was healthy and flourishing because it was getting all the moisture that it required through roots that reached down to ground water and through dew that formed at night on its branches” 29:19 j896 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns שָׁרְשִׁ֣⁠י פָת֣וּחַ & בִּ⁠קְצִירִֽ⁠י 1 Since Job was speaking of many roots and branches, it may be more natural in your language to use plural forms here. Alternate translation: “My roots are spread out … on my branches” 29:19 j897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠טַ֗ל יָלִ֥ין בִּ⁠קְצִירִֽ⁠י 1 Job was speaking as if the **dew** had been a traveler that had found lodging for the night on a **branch** of the tree that he was using to represent himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and dew forms at night on my branches” @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 29:20 j899 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּ֭בוֹדִ⁠י חָדָ֣שׁ עִמָּדִ֑⁠י 1 Job means implicitly that the **glory** or honor that he enjoys is always **fresh** because people keep honoring him in new ways. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “People keep honoring me in new ways” 29:20 bz9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠קַשְׁתִּ֗⁠י בְּ⁠יָדִ֥⁠י תַחֲלִֽיף׃\n\n 1 Job is speaking as if he had a **bow**, a weapon that he used with arrows, and that it grew freshly in his **hand** the way that a branch sprouts from a tree trunk. (Job uses the same verb for “sprout” in [14:7–9](../14/07.md) to describe a tree reviving and sending out shoots when moisture returns to the ground.) He means that the bow, which represents his strength, is lively and vigorous. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I stay vigorously strong” 29:21 j901 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לִֽ⁠י־שָׁמְע֥וּ וְ⁠יִחֵ֑לּוּ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because people were waiting to hear what I would say, they listened to me” -29:21 j900 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns שָׁמְע֥וּ 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. (As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Job continues to use the pronoun “they” with this same indefinite sense through to the end of the chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, here and in the following verses you could translate the term with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “People listened” +29:21 j900 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns שָׁמְע֥וּ 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. (As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Job continues to use the pronoun “they” with this same indefinite sense through to the end of the chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, here and in the following verses you could translate the term with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “People listened” 29:22 j902 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחֲרֵ֣י דְ֭בָרִ⁠י 1 Job is using the term **word** to mean what he said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After I had spoken” 29:22 l3t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠עָלֵ֗י⁠מוֹ תִּטֹּ֥ף מִלָּתִֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if his speech literally **dripped**, that is, fell in drops, on his listeners. He means that it was refreshing and invigorating to them, like gentle rain. This enabled them to recognize that he was giving sound advice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for what I said was refreshing to them” 29:23 g4bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ⁠יִֽחֲל֣וּ כַ⁠מָּטָ֣ר לִ֑⁠י 1 The point of this comparison is that just as people are eager for rain to fall and water their crops, so Job’s listeners were eager to hear him speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “And people as waited eagerly to hear me speak as they wait for rain to fall on their crops” @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:4 c9mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לַ⁠חְמָֽ⁠ם 1 Job is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. While the roots of the **broom** tree are edible, they have a bitter taste, and only a desperate person would eat them. So there is a sense here that the people whom Job is describing eat these roots out of desperation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is their food” or “is all they have to eat” 30:5 k9yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְגֹרָ֑שׁוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People drive these young men out” 30:5 j907 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן־גֵּ֥ו 1 Job means implicitly that these young men are **driven out** from the **midst** of human community. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from society” -30:5 j908 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָרִ֥יעוּ עָ֝לֵ֗י⁠מוֹ 1 Here the pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. It means the people of society in general. (The pronoun **them** refers to the young men whom Job has been describing.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “people shout after these young men” +30:5 j908 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָרִ֥יעוּ עָ֝לֵ֗י⁠מוֹ 1 Here the pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. It means the people of society in general. (The pronoun **them** refers to the young men whom Job has been describing.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “people shout after these young men” 30:5 lwr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠גַּנָּֽב 1 Job is speaking of people chasing others away, so this seems to be a reference to people shouting at a would-be **thief** in order to call attention to him and get him to flee before he steals something. Job is probably not referring to people shouting to get others to pursue and apprehend a thief who has already stolen something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they would shout to chase away a would-be thief” 30:6 f7j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לִ⁠שְׁכֹּ֑ן 1 This phrase indicates the result of what Job describes in the previous verse, “They are driven out from the midst.” It may be helpful to indicate that explicitly, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As a result, they have to live” 30:6 j909 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בַּ⁠עֲר֣וּץ נְחָלִ֣ים 1 Since Job is speaking of the slopes of many **wadis**, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **slope**. Alternate translation: “on the slopes of wadis” @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:8 i8tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּֽנֵי־נָ֭בָל גַּם־בְּנֵ֣י בְלִי־שֵׁ֑ם 1 In this context, the expression **son of** describes a person who shares the qualities of something. Job is using this expression to describe the behavior and character of these young men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. The word **fool** here does not indicate someone who lacks intelligence or education; it means someone who chooses to disobey God, thinking there will be no consequences. The word **name** here means a good reputation. Alternate translation: “People who foolishly think they can disobey God! No wonder they are people of no reputation” 30:8 wl4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִ֝כְּא֗וּ מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People scourge them from the land” 30:8 r31i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִ֝כְּא֗וּ מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Job is using one means by which authorities might drive such young men out of the community, by scourging (whipping) them, to mean all of the ways in which they would drive them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are driven from the land” or “People drive them from the land” -30:9 v6wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נְגִינָתָ֣⁠ם 1 Job means implicitly that these young men are singing about him disrespectfully. Your language may have a term that you can use to indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the subject of their taunt-song” +30:9 v6wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נְגִינָתָ֣⁠ם 1 Job means implicitly that these young men are singing about him disrespectfully. Your language may have a term that you could use to indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the subject of their taunt-song” 30:9 u5hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אֱהִ֖י לָ⁠הֶ֣ם לְ⁠מִלָּֽה 1 The meaning of the term **word** here is the same as the meaning of the term “saying” in [17:6](../17/06.md). Job means that these young men are citing him by name as an outstanding example of someone who seemed to be prospering because he was righteous but who came to ruin because he was actually wicked. Your language may have an expression for this practice of citing people by name as examples, and you may be able to use that expression in your translation. See how you translated the term “saying” in [17:6](../17/06.md). 30:10 j911 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction רָ֣חֲקוּ מֶ֑⁠נִּי 1 Saying **away from** Job, that is, not approaching him or speaking with him, was a symbolic action that conveyed disrespect and disapproval. Even though physically it was the same thing that young men formerly did to show respect for Job, discreetly withdrawing from his presence, now it had the opposite meaning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they stay away from me to show their disapproval” or “they shun me” 30:10 sx1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וּ֝⁠מִ⁠פָּנַ֗⁠י לֹא־חָ֥שְׂכוּ רֹֽק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **withhold**. Alternate translation: “but they spit in my face” @@ -2247,7 +2247,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:11 pll3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנַ֥⁠י 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “in my presence” 30:12 j915 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj עַל־יָמִין֮ פִּרְחַ֪ח יָ֫ק֥וּמוּ 1 Job is using the adjective **right** as a noun to mean his right side. Your language may also use adjectives this way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “On my right side the brood arise” 30:12 z8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־יָמִין֮ פִּרְחַ֪ח יָ֫ק֥וּמוּ 1 The right side was usually the most dangerous side on which to approach an enemy soldier, since a majority of soldiers were right-handed and would use their right hands and arms to wield their swords. The implication is that these young men have no fear of what Job might do to them. Alternate translation: “Without fear the brood arise” -30:12 u9wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פִּרְחַ֪ח 1 Job is speaking of these young men as if they were the **brood** of a bird or animal. The image is of a cluster of immature offspring moving agitatedly about. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “the rabble” +30:12 u9wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פִּרְחַ֪ח 1 Job is speaking of these young men as if they were the **brood** of a bird or animal. The image is of a cluster of immature offspring moving agitatedly about. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “the rabble” 30:12 l5wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רַגְלַ֥⁠י שִׁלֵּ֑חוּ 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **foot**, to mean all of him in the act of walking. He probably means that as he is walking on the road, when these young men are approaching from the opposite direction, they do not stand respectfully aside so that he can pass. Instead, they shove him out of the way so that they can pass. When young men traveling in the same direction overtake him, they similarly push him aside so that they can go by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the roads, they push me out of the way” 30:12 j916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּסֹ֥לּוּ עָ֝לַ֗⁠י אָרְח֥וֹת אֵידָֽ⁠ם 1 Job is speaking of siege mounds by association with the way that they provide **roads** or ways for attacking armies to get into cities and cause their **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they build siege mounds against me” 30:12 tdu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּסֹ֥לּוּ עָ֝לַ֗⁠י אָרְח֥וֹת אֵידָֽ⁠ם 1 Job is speaking as if he were a city and these young men were literally building siege mounds in order to conquer that city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they look for ways to attack me” @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:23 j927 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠בֵ֖ית מוֹעֵ֣ד לְ⁠כָל־חָֽי 1 Job is using this possessive form to indicate that God has appointed Sheol as the place where living people are to go when they die. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and to the place God has appointed for living people to go when they die” 30:23 nf6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חָֽי 1 Job is using the adjective **living** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “living people” 30:24 s7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לֹא־בְ֭⁠עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד אִם־בְּ֝⁠פִיד֗⁠וֹ לָהֶ֥ן שֽׁוּעַ\n\n 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “one in a heap certainly stretches out a hand! He certainly cries out because he is in trouble!” -30:24 j928 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical לֹא־בְ֭⁠עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד 1 Job is using a hypothetical situation as an example and applying it by implication to his own situation. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone is in a heap of ruins, then he certainly stretches out a hand, and in the same way I am calling to you for help even though I expect to die.” +30:24 j928 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לֹא־בְ֭⁠עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד 1 Job is using a hypothetical situation as an example and applying it by implication to his own situation. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone is in a heap of ruins, then he certainly stretches out a hand, and in the same way I am calling to you for help even though I expect to die.” 30:24 giv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹא־בְ֭⁠עִי יִשְׁלַח־יָ֑ד 1 Reaching out with one’s **hand** when in a desperate situation is a symbolic action that constitutes an appeal for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “does not one in a heap of ruins appeal for help” 30:24 ly2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־בְּ֝⁠פִיד֗⁠וֹ לָהֶ֥ן שֽׁוּעַ 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a contrary answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “He cries out because he is in trouble, does he not” 30:25 j929 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־לֹ֣א בָ֭כִיתִי לִ⁠קְשֵׁה־י֑וֹם 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a contrary answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I wept for the difficult of day, did I not?” @@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:26 n1jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ֝⁠א֗וֹר וַ⁠יָּ֥בֹא אֹֽפֶל 1 Job is speaking as if helpful things were literally **light** and harmful things were literally **darkness**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for helpful things, but harmful things happen instead” 30:27 r36u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֵעַ֖⁠י רֻתְּח֥וּ וְ⁠לֹא־דָ֗מּוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My innards are boiling and they do not rest” 30:27 j934 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵעַ֖⁠י רֻתְּח֥וּ וְ⁠לֹא־דָ֗מּוּ 1 Job is speaking as if his **innards** have literally **boiled** and that they are literally not taking any opportunity to **rest**. This could mean: (1) that his abdomen continually has a hot, painful sensation because he is very upset and this has affected his digestion. Alternate translation: “My stomach is continually upset” (2) that he continually has feelings, which he is using his **innards** to represent, of anger and frustration. Alternate translation: “I continually feel anger and frustration” -30:27 u2gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification קִדְּמֻ֥⁠נִי יְמֵי־עֹֽנִי 1 Job is speaking of the difficult **days** he is experiencing as if they were living things that could **confront** him. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am facing day after day of affliction” or “I am experiencing day after day of affliction” +30:27 u2gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification קִדְּמֻ֥⁠נִי יְמֵי־עֹֽנִי 1 Job is speaking of the difficult **days** he is experiencing as if they were living things that could **confront** him. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am facing day after day of affliction” or “I am experiencing day after day of affliction” 30:28 fj2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קֹדֵ֣ר הִ֭לַּכְתִּי בְּ⁠לֹ֣א חַמָּ֑ה 1 Job means that his skin disease, **not** the **sun**, has darkened his skin, as he says explicitly in verse 30. The implication is that this darkened skin makes him appear as if he is a manual laborer who works out in the sun. [Song of Songs 1:6](../sng/01/06.md) suggests that in this culture, a person in that situation would be less respected than someone who could employ others to do outdoor work and so did not have sun-darkened skin. You could indicate this in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “My disease-darkened skin makes me appear to be a manual laborer” 30:28 i5gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַ֖מְתִּי בַ⁠קָּהָ֣ל אֲשַׁוֵּֽעַ 1 Job may be implicitly indicating a further loss of dignity here. He has had to appeal for help in a public place where people gather. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I have had to humiliate myself by appealing for help in public” 30:29 f66b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָ֭ח הָיִ֣יתִי לְ⁠תַנִּ֑ים וְ֝⁠רֵ֗עַ לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת יַעֲנָֽה 1 Job is speaking as if he had literally become a **brother** to **jackals** and a **companion** to ostriches. These wild dogs and wild birds live in deserted areas, and Job is suggesting that they are now his only relatives and friends, since he has become an outcast. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have become such an outcast that it is as if I live far away from other people” @@ -2306,272 +2306,410 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 30:30 j936 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ע֭וֹרִ⁠י שָׁחַ֣ר מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My skin has turned black and it is falling off from upon me” 30:30 udu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עַצְמִ⁠י־חָ֝֗רָה מִנִּי־חֹֽרֶב 1 Job is using one part of himself, a **bone**, to mean all of him in the act of feeling hot. He is likely referring to the **heat** of fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and my body is hot with fever” 30:31 qj9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְהִ֣י לְ֭⁠אֵבֶל כִּנֹּרִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠עֻגָבִ֗⁠י לְ⁠ק֣וֹל בֹּכִֽים 1 Job is using musical instruments, the **harp** and the **flute**, to represent happiness, by association with the way that people play music when they are happy. He is using **mourning** and **the sound of weeping** to represent sorrow, since people mourn and weep when they are sad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So while I used to be joyful, now I am very sorrowful” -31:intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.\n\nIn this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -31:1 ka6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have made a covenant with my eyes 0 Job speaks of making a promise about what he would look at as though his eyes were a person and he made a covenant with them. Alternate translation: “I have made a firm promise about what I will look at” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -31:1 af9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I have made a covenant with my eyes 0 What job promised can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I made a promise that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” or “I promised that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” -31:1 sxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion how then should I look with desire on a virgin? 0 Job uses this question to emphasize that he would never break his promise. Alternate translation: “So I certainly will not look with lust at a virgin.” -31:2 p7x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For what is the portion from God above, the inheritance from the Almighty on high? 0 Job speaks of God’s response to people’s behavior as if it were the portion of an inheritance that God gives. Alternate translation: “For how will God above respond to me? What will the Almighty on high do?” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -31:2 ygr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion For what is the portion from God above, the inheritance from the Almighty on high? 0 Possible meanings are Job uses this question to emphasize: (1) that God will not bless bad behavior. Alternate translation: “For if I look lustfully on a woman, God Almighty on high will not bless me.” or (2) that God will punish bad behavior. Alternate translation: “For if I look lustfully on a woman, God Almighty on high will certainly punish me.” -31:4 vf6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Does not God see my ways and count all my steps? 0 Here “my ways” and “my steps” are metaphors for Job’s behavior. Here “see my ways” and “count all my steps” are metaphors for knowing everything Job does. Job uses this question to emphasize that God does know all he does. Alternate translation: “Certainly God watches me and knows everything that I do.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -31:4 n2eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Does not God see my ways and count all my steps? 0 Job may be implying that God should know that Job is righteous and does not deserve calamity and disaster. -31:5 zdh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If I have 0 In 31:5–40 Job describes different situations in which he would deserve God’s punishment. But, he knows that they are not true and he is innocent. -31:5 a5st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked with falsehood, if my foot has hurried to deceit 0 Here “walked” and “hurried” are metaphors that represent how Job lived. Alternate translation: “done anything false or purposely deceived anyone” -31:6 ndj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor let me be weighed in an even balance 0 People used balances to weigh items and to determine their value. This image represents judging honestly. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let me be judged honestly” or “let God judge me honestly” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -31:7 fm8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If my step has turned aside from the way 0 Here “my step” is a metaphor for Job’s behavior, and “turned out of the right way” is a metaphor for changing from living right. Alternate translation: “If I have changed from living right” or “If I have stopped doing what is right” -31:7 r29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy if my heart has gone after my eyes 0 Here “my heart” and “my eyes” are metonyms for what Job desires and sees. The heart going after the eyes is a metaphor for desiring to do what he sees. It is implied that this refers to sinful things that Job sees. Alternate translation: “if I have wanted to do any sinful things that I see” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -31:7 tvw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if any spot has stuck to my hands 0 This is a metaphor for being guilty. Alternate translation: “if I am guilty of any sin at all” -31:8 b7e8 then let me sow, and let another eat, and let my crops be uprooted 0 Job is saying that if he really has sinned, then this bad thing should happen to him. He would do the hard work of sowing his fields, but he would not be able to eat any of it. -31:8 xs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive let my crops be uprooted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let someone else come and take the harvest from my field” -31:9 p1yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche If my heart has been deceived by a woman 0 Here “my heart” represents Job. Here the word “deceived” expresses the idea of “enticed.” The word “woman” expresses the idea of “another man’s wife.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If another man’s wife has enticed me” or “If I have desired another man’s wife” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -31:9 rs8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit if I have lain in wait at my neighbor’s door 0 It can be stated clearly why he was waiting at his neighbor’s door. Alternate translation: “if I have waited at my neighbor’s door so I could sleep with his wife” -31:10 ngk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism then let my wife grind grain for another 0 This could mean: (1) this is an euphemism which means Job is saying may his wife sleep with another man or (2) it means she will become a slave and work for another man. -31:11 ds7e For that would be a terrible crime 0 The word “that” refers to Job sleeping with another woman. -31:11 h8zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it would be a crime to be punished by judges 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it would be a crime for which judges would be right to punish me” -31:12 r4vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For that is a fire that consumes as far as Abaddon, and it would burn all my harvest to the root 0 Job speaks of the harm that sleeping with another woman causes as if it were a fire that destroys everything. The words “that” and “it” refer to sleeping with another man’s wife. Alternate translation: “For adultery is like a fire that burns up everything from here to Abaddon and that would burn up all my harvest” -31:12 i923 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor consumes as far as Abaddon 0 These words are probably a metaphor for “destroys everything so I have nothing good for the rest of my life,” but you should probably translate this literally. -31:12 bn97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy it would burn all my harvest to the root 0 The word “it” here refers to the action sleeping with another man’s wife. This action is a metonym for the punishment that Job would suffer as a result of the action. A fire burning up his harvest is a synecdoche for losing everything he has worked for. Alternate translation: “those who punish me would take away everything I have worked for” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -31:14 s3xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion what then would I do when God rises up to accuse me? When he comes to judge me, how would I answer him? 0 Job uses these questions to emphasize that if God were to judge him, Job would not be able to make himself appear to be good. Alternate translation: “then there would be absolutely nothing I could say to defend myself when God comes to judge me.” -31:15 jl2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did the one who made me in the womb not make them also? Did not the same one mold us all in the womb? 0 Job uses these questions to emphasize that he is no different from his servants. He implies that God would be angry if Job were to treat his servants as less valuable than himself. Alternate translation: “The one who made me in the womb also made them. He formed us all in the womb.” -31:16 yzr5 If I have withheld poor people from their desire 0 Alternate translation: “If I have kept poor people from getting what they desire” -31:16 e9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom if I have caused the eyes of the widow to grow dim from crying 0 Here “to grow dim” refers to the widow having bad eyesight from crying a lot. Alternate translation: “if I have caused a widow to cry in great sadness” -31:17 gs2b my morsel 0 Alternate translation: “my food” -31:18 xz2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun because from my youth the orphan grew up with me as with a father 0 Here “the orphan” represents orphans in general. Job is describing how he truly treated orphans. Alternate translation: “because even when I was young I took care of orphans like a father” -31:18 z518 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis because from my youth 0 The phrase “But I have done none of those things” is understood from the context. Alternate translation: “But I have done none of those things, because from my youth” -31:18 ibm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole I have guided his mother, a widow, from my own mother’s womb 0 Job is describing how he truly treated widows. With the phrase “from my own mother’s womb” he uses exaggeration to emphasize that he did this all his life. Alternate translation: “all my life I have guided the orphan’s mother, a widow” or “all my life I have guided widows” -31:20 ut9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche if his heart has not blessed me 0 The phrase “his heart” represents the poor man who needs clothing. Alternate translation: “if he has not blessed me” -31:20 r66u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy because he has not been warmed with the wool of my sheep 0 Here “the wool of my sheep” represents blankets or clothing made from the wool of Job’s sheep. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the wool of my sheep has not warmed him” or “because I have not given him clothing made from the wool of my sheep” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -31:21 mf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy if I have lifted up my hand against fatherless people 0 Lifting up the hand against someone represents threatening to harm him. Alternate translation: “if I have threatened to harm fatherless people” -31:21 wu45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I saw my support in the city gate 0 Here “saw” is a metaphor for “knew,” “support” is a metaphor for “approval,” and “the city gate” is a metonym for the leaders who sit at the city gate. Alternate translation: “I knew that the leaders at the city gate would approve of me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -31:21 w7s9 in the city gate 0 This is where the important men of the city would gather to make decisions. -31:21 y72n then bring charges against me 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence. -31:22 sqk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive then let my shoulder fall from the shoulder blade, and let my arm be broken from its joint 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then let someone tear off my shoulder from the shoulder blade and break my arm from its joint” -31:23 ss4j For I dreaded … his majesty 0 This is the reason that Job did not do any of the wicked things he spoke of in verses 7 through 21. -31:24 r6lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns If I have made gold my hope 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the same idea with the verbs “trust” or “hope.” Alternate translation: “If I trusted in gold” or “If I hoped that having a lot of gold would make me secure” -31:24 s4sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism if I have said to fine gold, ‘You are what I am confident in’ 0 This line means the same as the previous line. -31:25 bt3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my hand had gotten many possessions 0 Here “my hand” represents Job’s ability to do things. Alternate translation: “I have gained many possessions by my own ability” -31:25 sk1t then bring charges against me 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence. -31:26 g5il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification the moon walking 0 Here “walking” represents moving slowly. Alternate translation: “the moon moving across the sky” -31:26 m93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the moon walking in its brightness 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **brightness**, you can express the same idea with the words “bright” or “brightly.” Alternate translation: “the bright moon moving across the sky” or “the moon moving brightly across the sky” -31:27 qcf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche if my heart has been secretly attracted 0 Here “my heart” represents Job. This phrase can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if I have been secretly attracted to them” or “if I have secretly desired to worship them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -31:27 wm2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction so that my mouth has kissed my hand 0 Here “my mouth” represents Job. This is a sign of love and devotion. Alternate translation: “so that I have kissed my hand” -31:28 pwl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be punished by judges 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for which judges would be right to punish me” -31:28 g5xt I would have denied the God who is above 0 Alternate translation: “I would have been unfaithful to the God who is above” -31:29 b1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns at the destruction of anyone who hated me 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when anyone who hated me was destroyed” or “when bad things happened to anyone who hated me” -31:29 p1nt when disaster overtook him 0 Alternate translation: “when he experienced disasters” -31:29 hvt5 then bring charges against me 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence. -31:30 w93c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Indeed, I have not even allowed my mouth to sin 0 Here “my mouth” represents Job speaking. Alternate translation: “Truly I did not let myself sin” or “Truly, I did not sin” -31:30 jng4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy by asking for his life with a curse 0 Here “asking for his life with a curse” represents cursing someone’s life so that he will die. Alternate translation: “by cursing him so that he would die” or “by cursing his life” -31:31 ng3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the men of my tent 0 The tent represents Job’s household. The men of his tent includes family members and servants. All of these knew Job well. Alternate translation: “the men of my household” or “my family members and servants” -31:31 hwl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who can find one who has not been filled with Job’s food? 0 Job’s men would have used this question to emphasize that Job was generous to everyone. Alternate translation: “Everyone has been filled with Job’s food!” or “Everyone we know of has eaten as much of Job’s food as he wanted!” -31:32 uns3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy even the foreigner has never had to stay in the city square 0 Job is explaining how he truly treated foreigners. Here “stay in the city square” represents sleeping overnight in the city square. Alternate translation: “foreigners have never had to sleep in the city square” or “foreigners have never had to sleep outside” -31:32 h895 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I have always opened my doors to the traveler 0 Here “opened my doors to the traveler” represents welcoming the traveler into his home. Alternate translation: “I have always welcomed the traveler into my home” -31:32 p6kk and if that is not so, then bring charges against me 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence. -31:33 sb1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If … I have hidden my sins 0 Here “have hidden my sins” represents trying to keep people from knowing that he had sinned. Alternate translation: “If … I have tried to keep my sins a secret” -31:33 jav4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by hiding my guilt inside my tunic 0 This represents trying to keep people from knowing that he is guilty. Alternate translation: “by hiding the evidence of my guilt inside my tunic” or “like one who hides the evidence of his guilt inside his tunic” -31:34 b8ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism because I feared the great multitude, because the contempt of families terrified me 0 This would be the reason for hiding his sins. These mean the same thing. They emphasize that a person may hide his sin because he fears what other people may think about him. -31:34 ia4h then bring charges against me 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence. -31:35 i9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Oh, if only I had someone to hear me! 0 This exclamation expresses Job’s wish. Alternate translation: “I wish I had someone to hear me” or “I wish that someone would listen to me” -31:35 vmt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor here is my signature 0 Here “my signature” represents Job’s promise that everything he is saying is true. He speaks of his complaint as if he had written a legal document. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise that all I have said is true” -31:35 v1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit let the Almighty answer me! 0 Here an answer probably refers to telling Job what wrong he accuses Job of doing. Alternate translation: “let the Almighty tell me what I have done wrong” or “I wish the Almighty would say what I have done wrong” -31:35 u84z If only I had the indictment that my opponent has written! 0 This expresses Job’s wish. Job speaks as though his troubles are evidence that someone has written something accusing him of terrible sin. Alternate translation: “I wish I had the accusation that my opponent has written” or “If only I could read my opponent’s complaint against me” -31:35 qku3 my opponent 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to God or (2) this refers to someone else. -31:36 gw5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Surely I would carry it openly on my shoulder; I would put it on like a crown 0 This represents putting it where everyone could read it. -31:37 l5p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I would declare to him an accounting for my steps 0 Here “my steps” represents Job’s actions. Alternate translation: “I would declare to him an accounting for all I have done” or “I would tell him everything I have done” -31:37 mvd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as a confident prince I would go up to him 0 This means Job would approach God without any fear. Job implies that he could do this because he was not guilty. Alternate translation: “I would approach him boldly” -31:38 g2jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 # General Information:\n\nThis concludes Job’s description of situations in which he would deserve God’s punishment, but he knows they are not true. -31:38 r91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together 0 Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” -31:39 vfe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to lose their lives 0 This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” -31:40 k93z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis weeds instead of barley 0 The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” -32:intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nJob’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nSome translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6–22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter. -32:1 lv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָ֭⁠אֵלֶּה 1 By **the three of these men**, the narrator implicitly means Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar” -32:1 k2f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he was righteous in his own eyes 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” -32:2 cr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job 0 This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -32:2 hxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Elihu … Barakel … Ram 0 These are names of men. -32:2 l6vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Buzite 0 This is the name of a people-group. -32:2 iub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he justified himself rather than God 0 This means that he considered himself innocent and believed God had been wrong to punish him. Alternate translation: “he justified himself and claimed that God had been wrong to punish him” -32:3 p4aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Elihu’s anger was also kindled against his three friends 0 This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Elihu also became very angry with his three friends” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -32:4 w92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Now 0 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This tells background information about Elihu. -32:5 mm6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor that there was no answer in the mouths of these three men 0 This means that the men were done speaking to Job. This speaks of the men possibly having an answer as if the answer were an object that would be in their mouths. Alternate translation: “that these three men had nothing else to say” or “that these three men had no more answers to give Job” -32:5 xt4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his anger was kindled 0 This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he became very angry” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -32:6 jj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you are very old 0 Here “you” is plural and refers to Job and his three friends. -32:7 z9d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Length of days should speak; a multitude of years should teach wisdom 0 These two lines mean the same thing. Elihu emphasizes that since older people are wiser than younger people, they should be the first to speak of what they know. Alternate translation: “He who has lived many years should speak; He would is older should teach wisdom” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -32:8 le8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism there is a spirit in a man; the breath of the Almighty 0 Both phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that a man’s wisdom comes from God. Alternate translation: “there is a spirit in a man, that is, the breath of the Almighty that” -32:8 tg64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the breath of the Almighty 0 Here the spirit is represented by “breath.” Alternate translation: “the spirit of the Almighty” -32:11 c94u See 0 Elihu uses this word here to draw the mens’ attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: “Listen” -32:11 vq5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you I waited for your words 0 “I waited to hear what you would say.” The word “your” refers to Job’s friends. -32:12 cem5 who could respond to his words 0 Here the word “respond” does not just mean to answer, but to answer with a helpful response. -32:13 ys9l We have found wisdom 0 This means that they believe that they have figured out what is wise. Alternate translation: “We have discovered what is wise” -32:13 pwq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to defeat Job 0 This speaks of God responding to Job and correcting him as if he were defeating him in battle. Alternate translation: “to refute Job” or “to answer Job” -32:14 q8fq with your words 0 Alternate translation: “by saying what you have said” -32:15 gi7d dumbfounded 0 amazed, unable to speak -32:16 k7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Should I wait because they are not speaking, because they stand there silent and answer no more? 0 Elihu uses a question to emphasize that he will not wait any longer to speak. Elihu answers this question himself in the next verse. Alternate translation: But because you do not speak, I certainly will not wait any longer; you merely stand there and do not reply anymore. -32:17 ii5q I also will answer on my part 0 Alternate translation: “I will now take my turn to answer” -32:18 j46i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I am full of words 0 Elihu speaks of having a lot to say as being full of words. Alternate translation: “I have so much to say” -32:18 t9et the spirit in me compels me 0 Alternate translation: “my spirit forces me to say it” -32:19 l5s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile my breast is like fermenting wine that has no vent; like new wineskins, it is ready to burst 0 While wine is fermenting, gas collects in the container. If the gas is not let out the container will burst. Elihu means that he has so much to say that if he does not speak he feels like he will burst. Also, these two phrases are parallel and have the same meaning. Alternate translation: “I feel like my breast is about to burst, like a container of fermenting wine that has no vent” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -32:19 a7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my breast is 0 This represents Elihu, specifically his spirit. Alternate translation: “my spirit is” or “I am” -32:20 m29y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I may be refreshed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I may feel better” -32:20 w6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche open my lips 0 Here the “lips” represent the mouth. Alternate translation: “open my mouth” -32:21 mi73 neither will I give honorific titles to any man 0 Alternate translation: “neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor” -32:22 nb65 my Maker 0 This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me” -32:22 i4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism take me away 0 This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” -33:intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAccording to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s mercy\nWhile Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) -33:1 m7lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism hear my speech; listen to all my words 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. -33:2 j572 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism I have opened my mouth … my tongue has spoken in my mouth 0 These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -33:3 u1kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche My words come from the uprightness of my heart 0 Here Elihu refers to himself by his “heart” as he speaks of being upright. Alternate translation: “I will speak with uprightness” or “I will speak with complete honesty” -33:3 j6sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my lips speak pure knowledge 0 Here Elihu refers to himself by his “lips” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “I will speak sincerely to you the things I know” -33:4 g749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism The Spirit of God … has given me life 0 These two lines mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that God has made him and so gives authority to what he is saying. -33:5 ikf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor set your words in order before me and stand up 0 This speaks of Job preparing what he will say as if he were setting up and organizing physical objects. Alternate translation: “prepare what you will say, and stand up and answer me” -33:6 ie4u See 0 Elihu uses this word here to draw Job’s attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: “Listen” -33:6 dis8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I am just as you are in God’s sight 0 Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “I am just as you are in God’s judgment” or “God judges me the same way that he judges you” -33:6 ym3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I also have been formed out of the clay 0 Though people are not made out of clay, God has made everyone as a potter carefully makes things out of clay. Alternate translation: “God has made both of us just as a potter forms things from clay” -33:6 q828 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I also have been formed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also made me” or “God has formed both of us” -33:7 dmb1 terror of me will not make you afraid 0 Alternate translation: “you do not need to be afraid of me” -33:7 y53l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor neither will my pressure be heavy upon you 0 This means that he will not hinder Job or burden him. He speaks of emotional burden here as if it were a heavy physical burden. Alternate translation: “neither will I burden you” or “I will not oppress you with what I say” -33:8 zu7c in my hearing 0 Alternate translation: “where I could hear you” -33:8 c2f7 I have heard the sound of your words saying 0 Alternate translation: “I have heard you say” -33:9 f62q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor clean 0 A person who God considers spiritually acceptable is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. -33:9 h3f9 there is no sin in me 0 Alternate translation: “I have not sinned” -33:10 f8tf See 0 The speaker uses this word here to draw attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: “Listen” -33:11 ra4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He puts my feet in stocks 0 “Stocks” are wooden blocks a jailer puts around a prisoner’s feet to restrict his movement. Job speaks of feeling like he is a prisoner by saying that he is in stocks. Alternate translation: “I feel he has made me a prisoner” -33:11 w3ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my paths 0 These words refer to where he goes. Here where he goes represents what he does. Alternate translation: “everything that I do” -33:12 bbu1 I will answer you 0 Elihu is speaking to Job. -33:13 z74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you struggle against him? 0 Elihu uses this question to emphasize that Job should not struggle against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not struggle against God.” or “You should not try to argue with God.” -33:13 m749 He does not account for any of his doings 0 Alternate translation: “He does not have to explain to us anything he does” -33:14 gyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom God speaks once—yes, twice 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God speaks again and again in different ways” -33:15 zz7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism a dream … a vision of the night 0 These phrases have the same meaning. -33:15 vq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor when deep sleep falls upon men, in slumber on the bed 0 This speaks of people being in a deep sleep as if the sleep fell upon them or overcame them. Alternate translation: “when people are fully asleep on their bed” -33:16 cgu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor then God opens the ears of men 0 This speaks of God making people aware of things as if he were opening their ears so that they could hear. Alternate translation: “then God reveals things to people” -33:17 qd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in order to pull man back from 0 This speaks of God keeping someone from doing something as if he were physically pulling him away from harm. Alternate translation: “in order to keep him from” -33:18 t4um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism God keeps man’s life back from the pit … his life from crossing over to death 0 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “God saves people from the grave and from death” -33:18 d93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pit 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” -33:18 bd6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom man’s life back … his life 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “man from dying and … he keeps him” -33:18 lgc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy from crossing over to death 0 Here “death” represents the place where people go when they die, that is, sheol. Alternate translation: “from going to sheol” -33:19 pgn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Man is punished also 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also punishes a person” -33:19 x9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit with pain on his bed 0 This means that the person is experiencing such pain that he must lie in bed. Alternate translation: “with pain so that he must lie in bed” -33:20 ubm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism so that his life abhors food, and his soul abhors delicacies 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing, that the person is in so much pain that he cannot even eat. The person is represented by his “life” and his “soul.” Alternate translation: “the result is that he does not desire any food, not even very special food” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -33:20 x7zp abhors delicacies 0 Alternate translation: “hates even very special food” -33:21 f64y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive His flesh is consumed away so that it cannot be seen; his bones, once not seen, now stick out 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “His flesh” refers to his fat and muscles, not to his body’s outer skin. Alternate translation: “Disease makes his body weak and thin so that a person can see his bones” -33:22 gup8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his soul draws close to the pit 0 Here a person is represented by his “soul.” Alternate translation: “he is close to going into the grave” -33:22 v3zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pit 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” -33:22 ne1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his life to those who wish to destroy it 0 Here the person is represented by his “life.” The phrase “those who wish to destroy it” refers to the place where people go after they die. Alternate translation: “and he is close to going to the place where dead people go” or “and he will soon go to the place of the dead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -33:23 kt34 for him 0 This does not refer to a specific person. Elihu continues speaking about any person in general. -33:23 zbw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one out of a thousand 0 In some languages it may be more natural to refer to “a great number” instead of “a thousand.” Alternate translation: “one from the great number of angels” -33:24 a1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pit 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” -33:24 es6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I have found a ransom for him 0 This means that the angel has found a way to pay for the sins of the man so that he does not have to die. Alternate translation: “for I have found a way for you to keep him from dying” -33:25 ze1v Then 0 This word is used here to mark what will happen if God grants the angel’s request. Alternate translation: “Then as a result” or “As a result of the angel’s request to God” -33:25 mu51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his flesh will become fresher than a child’s 0 This speaks of the man being healed and his body growing strong again as if his body became new like a child’s body. Alternate translation: “the sick man’s body will become new again like a young person’s body” -33:25 k7le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole fresher than a child’s 0 In this comparison, the word “fresher” is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “fresh like a child’s” -33:25 n9hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis a child’s 0 This refers to a child’s flesh. Alternate translation: “a child’s flesh” -33:25 s1tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor it is restored to the days of his youth 0 This speaks of the man’s flesh again being as strong as it was when he was young. Alternate translation: “it will become strong again, as it was when he was young” -33:26 yt2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he sees God’s face with joy 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he joyfully worships God” -33:26 d3zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche God’s face 0 Here God is represented by his “face.” Alternate translation: “God” -33:26 ysy8 God will give the person his triumph 0 Alternate translation: “God will save the person” or “God will make things right for the person again” -33:27 t53p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive but my sin was not punished 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but God did not punish me for sinning” -33:28 wt12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche rescued my soul from going down into the pit 0 Here the person is referred to by his “soul.” Alternate translation: “rescued me from dying and going to the pit” -33:28 u2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pit 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” -33:28 f6ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my life will continue to see light 0 Here the person is represented by his “life.” Also, living is spoken of as seeing the light. Alternate translation: “I will continue to live and see the daylight” or “I will continue to live” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -33:29 m27i See 0 Elihu uses this word here to draw Job’s attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: “Listen” -33:29 w47t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom twice, yes, even three times 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “again and again” -33:30 b2bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his soul 0 The person is represented by his “soul.” Alternate translation: “him” -33:30 cik5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to bring his soul back from the pit 0 This speaks of saving the man from dying as if he had died and was being brought back to life. Alternate translation: “to keep him from dying and going to the pit” -33:30 qg5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pit 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” -33:30 myd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he may be enlightened with the light of life 0 This is an idiom and may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he may be happy to still be alive” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -33:31 z1l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Pay attention, Job, and listen to me 0 These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” -33:32 g3l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom that you are in the right 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” -34:intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAccording to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s justice\nElihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) -34:1 h9vc Moreover, Elihu 0 Alternate translation: “Then, Elihu” -34:1 yw36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Elihu 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). -34:2 k8a4 Listen to my words 0 Alternate translation: “Listen to what I say” -34:2 zux7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony you wise men … you who have knowledge 0 Elihu is criticizing Job and his friends. He does not think they are actually wise. -34:3 ln8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile For the ear tries words as the palate tastes food 0 Elihu means people listen carefully to determine what is right or wrong just like we taste food to determine if it is good or bad. Here people are referred to by their “ear” and their “palate” to emphasize that they are tasting and hearing. Alternate translation: “For we listen to words to know what is good and bad, just as we taste foods to know what is good to eat” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -34:4 v6hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Let us 0 Here “us” refers to Elihu, Job, and his three friends. -34:5 k2e1 has taken away my rights 0 Alternate translation: “refused to give me justice” -34:6 k523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I am considered to be a liar 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God considers me to be a liar” -34:6 i95p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My wound is incurable 0 Here Job’s sickness and suffering is spoken of as if it were a “wound.” Alternate translation: “I am sick and no one can heal me” -34:7 nd2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What man is like Job 0 Elihu uses this rhetorical question to scold Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no one else like Job” -34:7 glm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile who drinks up mockery like water 0 Elihu is accusing Job of mocking others as often as a person drinks water. Alternate translation: “who mocks other people as frequently as he drinks water” -34:8 j3zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who walks with wicked men 0 Here “walk” is an idiom for how a person acts. Alternate translation: “who behaves like wicked men” -34:10 n22e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony you men of understanding 0 Elihu is criticizing Job and his friends. He does not actually think they are wise. -34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism far be it from God … far be it from the Almighty that he should commit sin 0 These two phrases have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that God would never do anything wrong. The phrase “far be it from” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Almighty God would never consider doing anything that is wicked or wrong” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -34:11 ia8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For he pays back a person’s work 0 This means that he gives to a person what he deserves for the work he has done. Here “work” is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “For he gives to a person what he deserves in return for he does” -34:11 y31y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he makes every man come upon the reward of his own ways 0 The phrase “his own ways” is an idiom for how a person lives his life. Elihu emphasizes that God gives to people what they deserve. Alternate translation: “he causes every man to receive the reward he deserves for how he lives” -34:13 n1w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Who put him in charge over the earth? Who put the whole world under him? 0 Both of these rhetorical questions have the same meaning and emphasize that no one needed to grant God authority because it was already his. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “No one needed to give permission to God to take responsibility over all the earth. He is the rightful one to rule the world.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -34:14 d4kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If he ever 0 Elihu is describing a situation that he does not believe would ever happen. -34:14 t8rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his spirit and his breath 0 The “spirit” and “breath” of God are what makes all living things alive. Alternate translation: “his spirit and breath which give us life” -34:15 lah1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all flesh 0 Here all living things are represented by their “flesh.” Alternate translation: “all living things” -34:15 tmc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit mankind would return to dust again 0 This means that all people would die and their bodies would decay and become soil. In the beginning God created man from the dust. Alternate translation: “the bodies of mankind would soon become soil again” -34:16 h7bg now 0 Elihu uses this word to bring attention to something important he is about to say. -34:16 lpb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you have 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. -34:16 giw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism listen to the sound of my words 0 “listen to what I say.” This means the same as the previous part of the sentence. -34:17 rc4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Can one who hates justice govern? Will you condemn God, who is righteous and mighty? 0 Elihu uses this question to rebuke Job for implying that God hates justice. Alternate translation: “One who hates justice cannot be expected to rule over people. So you really cannot criticize God, who is righteous and powerful, and you cannot say that what he has done is wrong.” -34:17 s1zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Can one who hates justice govern? 0 The implicit answer to this rhetorical question is “no.” This question implies that God could not rule the world if he hated justice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “One who hates justice cannot govern the world.” or “God could certainly never hate what is right and still rule the world.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -34:17 l8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Will you condemn God, who is righteous and mighty? 0 This rhetorical question is used to emphasize that Job does not have the authority or a reason to condemn God. Alternate translation: “You cannot condemn God, who is righteous and mighty!” -34:18 n5xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion God, who says to a king, ‘You are vile,’ or says to nobles, ‘You are wicked’? 0 This continues the rhetorical question from the previous verse, emphasizing to Job that he cannot condemn God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He says to some kings, ‘You are vile,’ and he says to some nobles, ‘You are wicked.’” -34:18 pa2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis God, who says to a king 0 This is part of the previous question. The understood words from the previous verse, “will you condemn God,” may be supplied. Alternate translation: “Will you condemn God, who says to a king” -34:18 n3qi vile 0 Alternate translation: “evil” or “worthless” -34:19 sj41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for they all are the work of his hands 0 Here “hands” refer to power. Alternate translation: “for God made them all” -34:20 xkd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom at midnight 0 Midnight is the time when one day ends and another begins. Here “midnight” is used as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at night” or “suddenly, at night” -34:20 yx7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive people will be shaken and will pass away 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase “will be shaken” is an idiom that means to be “struck.” Alternate translation: “God strikes them and they die” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -34:20 nq3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism mighty people will be taken away, but not by human hands 0 This means that it is God who causes people to die, not people. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is God and not humans who cause mighty people to die” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -34:20 dsu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche not by human hands 0 Here people are represented by their “hands.” Alternate translation: “not by humans” or “not by people” -34:21 syl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy For God’s eyes are upon a person’s ways 0 God’s “eyes” represent his sight. The phrase “a person’s ways” is an idiom for what he does and how he lives. Alternate translation: “For God watches everything a person does” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -34:21 wn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he sees all his steps 0 This means that he always knows where the person is and where he is going. Alternate translation: “he sees him wherever he goes” -34:22 em2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet no darkness, no thick gloom 0 The words “thick gloom” mean basically the same thing as, and intensify, the word “darkness.” -34:23 dy7z in judgment 0 Alternate translation: “so he may judge him” or “to be judged” -34:24 hwl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He breaks mighty men into pieces 0 This speaks of God destroying these men as if he actually broke their bodies into pieces. Alternate translation: “He destroys mighty men” or “He destroys important people” -34:24 nyi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit for their ways that need no further investigation 0 He does not need to investigate what they have done because he already knows everything about them. Alternate translation: “without needing to do further investigation, because he already knows their ways” -34:24 i96c their ways 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the things they have done” -34:24 z5n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he puts others in their places 0 This means that he appoints other people to rule in their positions. Alternate translation: “and he chooses other people to rule in their places” -34:25 hq7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in the night 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when they are not expecting it” -34:25 rxl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they are destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and destroys them” -34:26 mwg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile In the open sight of others, he kills them for their wicked deeds like criminals 0 This phrase compares the way that these people die to how criminals die. Alternate translation: “He kills them for their wicked deeds, in the open sight of others as if they were criminals” -34:26 y46j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom In the open sight of others 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In a place where everyone can see” -34:26 af3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he kills them 0 This speaks of God causing these people to die, though he does not actually strike them with a sword himself. He may cause someone else to kill them or disaster to come upon them. Alternate translation: “he causes them to die” -34:27 mv8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his ways 0 This refers to God’s instructions for how people should behave. -34:28 d5r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns they made the cry of poor people come to him 0 The word “cry” can be expressed as a verb. This speaks of God hearing their cry as if the cry were a person that came to him. Alternate translation: “they made the poor people cry, and God heard them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -34:29 w485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor When he stays silent, who can condemn him? If he hides his face, who can perceive him? 0 These two questions speak of God not punishing wicked people as if he were being silent and hiding his face. -34:29 k61c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion When he stays silent, who can condemn him? 0 Elihu uses this rhetorical question to teach Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can criticize God if he decides to remain silent” -34:29 j5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If he hides his face, who can perceive him? 0 Elihu uses this rhetorical question to teach Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can go and see him if he decides to hide his face” -34:29 pdu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his face 0 Here God is represented by his “face.” Alternate translation: “himself” -34:30 n7qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor no one to entrap people 0 This compares a godless ruler harming people as if he were a hunter trapping his prey. Alternate translation: “no one to harm the people” -34:32 u6ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy teach me what I cannot see 0 Here to “see” means to know. Alternate translation: “teach me what I have done wrong that I am not aware of” -34:33 kc72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you think that God will punish that person’s sin, since you dislike what God does? 0 “Since you dislike what God does, do you think that God should punish this person’s sin?” Elihu uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he should not think that God will not punish this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even though you do not like what God does, surely even you do not think that God will punish this person” -34:33 xdv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that person’s sin 0 Here punishing the person because of his sin is referred to as punishing the “person’s sin.” Alternate translation: “that person because of his sin” -34:33 nw6c since you dislike 0 Alternate translation: “because you dislike” -34:33 px78 what it is that you know 0 Alternate translation: “what you are thinking about this” -34:34 qbs3 who hears me 0 Alternate translation: “who hears me speaking” -34:36 znm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If only Job were put on trial in 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If only we could put Job on trial in” or “If only we could take Job to court so a judge could listen to” -34:36 mvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in the smallest details of his case 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to listen to his case thoroughly” or “to hear all of the details of his case” -34:36 w7eb of his talking like wicked men 0 Alternate translation: “of how he has spoken like a wicked man” -34:37 jr4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he adds rebellion 0 This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” -34:37 fm5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he claps his hands in mockery in our midst 0 In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -34:37 g7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he piles up words against God 0 Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” -35:intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAccording to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nElihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Ironic situation\n\nElihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) -35:2 s9jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you think this is just & ‘My right before God’? 0 Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right … ‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just … ‘My right before God.’” -35:2 yh9l Do you think this is just when you say 0 Alternate translation: “Do you think it is right for you to say” -35:2 g7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Do you think 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. -35:2 l3t8 My right before God 0 This could mean: (1) Job is claiming to be innocent before God or (2) Job is claiming that he, rather than God, is right. -35:3 w8qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion For you ask, ‘What use is it to me?’ and, ‘Would I be better off if I had sinned?’ 0 Elihu quotes Job as saying the these two rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “For you say, ‘It does not benefit me’ and, ‘I am no better off than if I had sinned.’” -35:4 tp7p Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nElihu continues speaking. -35:6 t2vl Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nElihu continues speaking. -35:6 pdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism If you have sinned … what do you do to him? 0 These two lines share similar meanings. The second line intensifies the meaning of the first line. -35:6 t1v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If you have sinned, what harm do you do to God? 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job’s sins cannot actually do anything to God. Alternate translation: “If you have sinned, you have not done any harm to God.” -35:6 s7x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If your transgressions pile up high, what do you do to him? 0 Elihu speaks of “transgressions” as if they were objects, and of committing many transgressions as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. He asks this question to emphasize that Job does nothing to God by his transgressions. Alternate translation: “If you committed a great many transgressions, you still do nothing to him.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -35:7 m97k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If you are righteous, what can you give to him? What will he receive from your hand? 0 The two rhetorical questions mean basically the same thing, that Job’s righteousness adds nothing to God. Alternate translation: “If you are righteous, that does not enable you to give anything to him, and there is nothing that he will receive from your hand.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -35:7 i418 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche receive from your hand 0 Here the word “hand” represents Job. Alternate translation: “receive from you” -35:8 fa27 another son of man 0 Alternate translation: “another human-being” or “another person” -35:9 p9sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Because of many acts of oppression 0 The word “oppression” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “Because of the many things that people do to oppress others” -35:9 zb6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy they call for help from the arms of mighty men 0 Here “arms” refers to power or strength. Alternate translation: “they call for someone to deliver them from the power of mighty men” -35:10 f89r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who gives songs in the night 0 Elihu speaks of God enabling people to have hope in troubling circumstances as if he were giving to them songs which they can sing during the night. -35:12 gme8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nElihu continues speaking. -35:12 xj4y they cry out 0 Alternate translation: “the oppressed people cry out” -35:14 di2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations How much less will he answer you … that you are waiting for him! 0 Since God will not hear the prayers of prideful, evil men, it is even less likely that he will hear Job, who is complaining against him. Alternate translation: “So he certainly will not answer you … that you are waiting for him!” -35:14 njy6 that your case is before him 0 Alternate translation: “you have presented your case to him” -35:14 c513 you are waiting for him 0 Alternate translation: “you are waiting for him to respond” -35:15 ub2k Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression 0 Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers. -35:15 kpu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his anger does not punish 0 Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” -35:16 ben3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he piles up words without knowledge 0 Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +31:intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Job’s final response to his three friends.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Litany\n\nIn verses 1–34 and 38–40, Job swears a series of oaths to insist on his innocence. Typically he uses a statement that begins with “if” to suggest something he might have done wrong, and he then uses a statement that uses verbal forms such as “may” or “let” to wish that he would receive an appropriate punishment if he has indeed committed such a sin. In some cases, rather than wish for punishment, Job gives a reason why he would not have committed the sin he has described. In some other cases, Job makes only the “if” statement, leaving the rest of the conditional statement to be inferred. Notes throughout the chapter indicate how Job responds to each of the “if” statements that he makes.\n\nA series of similar statements such as this is known as a litany. If your readers would recognize what Job is doing, you can translate and format this litany the way the ULT does. If the litany form would not be familiar to your readers, you could help them appreciate it by putting each sentence of the litany on a separate line. See what you did with the similar litanies in chapters 9, 12, 26, and 29. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany and rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\\### Job’s understanding of appropriate punishment for sin\n\nIn this chapter, Job insists that he has been righteous by wishing aloud that he would receive the just punishment for any crimes that he may have committed. In most cases, Job himself would suffer the punishment that he describes. But in verses 9 and 10, Job says that if he has committed adultery with another man’s wife, then may other men have sexual relations with his wife. It seems that Job is wishing that God would punish his wife for something that he himself had done. Since the book describes Job as a wise and righteous, it appears that readers are supposed to consider that this would be a just punishment, but it does not seem to be just or fair. One way to understand this may be to consider that Job is saying that if he has been unfaithful to his wife, then may his wife be unfaithful to him in return. This is not the ideal that the Bible as a whole teaches. As Christians, we are not supposed to take revenge on others by doing to them what they have done to us. But in this specific context, in which Job is swearing oaths to guarantee his innocence, having his wife be unfaithful to him if he had been unfaithful to her would be a punishment that fit the crime, and Job is insisting on his innocence by saying that he is prepared to receive the punishments that fit any crimes he has committed. +31:1 af9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ֭רִית כָּרַ֣תִּי לְ⁠עֵינָ֑⁠י 1 In this culture, people would say that they had **cut** a **covenant** because making a covenant often involved a ceremony in which the two parties would cut up an animal and walk between the cut-up pieces. [Jeremiah 34:18](../34/18.md) refers to such a ceremony, and [Genesis 15:8–19](../01/01.md) describes God making a covenant with Abraham in this way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have made a covenant with my eyes” +31:1 ka6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ֭רִית כָּרַ֣תִּי לְ⁠עֵינָ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his **eyes** as if they were living things with which he could make a **covenant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have resolved to exercise self-control regarding what I look at” +31:1 sxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מָ֥ה אֶ֝תְבּוֹנֵ֗ן עַל־בְּתוּלָֽה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I would not gaze upon a virgin!” +31:1 j937 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מָ֥ה אֶ֝תְבּוֹנֵ֗ן 1 Job means implicitly that he would not **gaze** lustfully. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “how then would I gaze lustfully” or “I would not gaze lustfully” +31:1 j938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַל־בְּתוּלָֽה 1 Job is using one kind of woman, a **virgin**, to mean women in general. He is not saying that if a woman had not had sexual relations with anyone, he would not look at her lustfully, but if a woman had had sexual relations, then he might look at her lustfully. Job is mentioning a virgin as one example of a woman whom he might be tempted to look at that way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a woman” +31:2 ygr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מֶ֤ה ׀ חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. This could mean: (1) a good **portion** and **inheritance** as a reward for obedience. These terms typically have a positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For then there would be no portion from God above, or inheritance from Shaddai in the heights!” (2) a bad **portion** and **inheritance**, that is, a punishment, for disobedience. This would mean the same thing that Job says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “For then the portion from God above would not be good, nor the inheritance from Shaddai in the heights” +31:2 p7x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Depending on the meaning (see previous note), Job is speaking as if either a reward or punishment from God would literally be a **portion** or a share in an **inheritance**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: (1) “the reward from God above, or the blessing from Shaddai” or (2) “the punishment from God above, or the chastisement from Shaddai” +31:2 j939 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “or what would be the inheritance” +31:2 j940 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 See how you translated this same expression in [25:1](../25/02.md). Alternate translation: “in highest heaven” +31:3 j941 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־אֵ֥יד לְ⁠עַוָּ֑ל וְ֝⁠נֵ֗כֶר לְ⁠פֹ֣עֲלֵי אָֽוֶן 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all, calamity is for the unrighteous, and disaster for doers of wickedness!” +31:3 j942 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לְ⁠עַוָּ֑ל 1 Job is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for unrighteous people” +31:3 j943 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠פֹ֣עֲלֵי אָֽוֶן 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for people who do wicked things” +31:4 j944 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־ה֭וּא יִרְאֶ֣ה דְרָכָ֑⁠י וְֽ⁠כָל־צְעָדַ֥⁠י יִסְפּֽוֹר 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly God sees my ways and counts all my steps!” +31:4 vf6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְרָכָ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of how he has been living as if that were a series of **ways** or paths that he has been walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how I have been living” +31:4 n2eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠כָל־צְעָדַ֥⁠י יִסְפּֽוֹר 1 Within the image of life as a series of paths, Job is speaking as if God would literally **count** each of the **steps** he was taking. By **steps**, he probably means individual actions, and by **count**, he probably means that God notices each one specifically. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and take note of each of my actions” +31:5 zdh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אִם־הָלַ֥כְתִּי עִם־שָׁ֑וְא 1 Job is speaking of **falsehood** as if it were a living thing with which he could have **walked**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If I have conducted myself with falsehood” +31:5 j945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִם־הָלַ֥כְתִּי עִם־שָׁ֑וְא 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **falsehood**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “If I have conducted myself dishonestly” +31:5 a5st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תַּ֖חַשׁ עַל־מִרְמָ֣ה רַגְלִֽ⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **foot**, to mean all of him in the act of hurrying or being eager to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or I have hurried to deceit” +31:5 j946 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תַּ֖חַשׁ עַל־מִרְמָ֣ה רַגְלִֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “or I have eagerly done something deceitful” +31:6 j947 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge יִשְׁקְלֵ֥⁠נִי בְ⁠מֹאזְנֵי־צֶ֑דֶק וְ⁠יֵדַ֥ע אֱ֝ל֗וֹהַּ תֻּמָּתִֽ⁠י 1 In this verse, Job interrupts the if-then statement he is making in verses 5, 7, and 8. He does that in order to assert that if God judges him fairly, then God will recognize that he does not deserve the punishment he describes in verse 8 or any of the other punishments he describes in this chapter. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this assertion before the if-then statement by creating a verse bridge for verses 5–6. It might say something like this: “Now if God would weigh me in balances of righteousness, then he would know my integrity. If I have walked with falsehood or my foot has hurried to deceit” +31:6 ndj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִשְׁקְלֵ֥⁠נִי בְ⁠מֹאזְנֵי־צֶ֑דֶק 1 Job is speaking as if God might literally **weigh** him in a set of **balances**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him judge me by standards of righteousness” +31:6 j948 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יִשְׁקְלֵ֥⁠נִי בְ⁠מֹאזְנֵי־צֶ֑דֶק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let him judge me in a way that is right” +31:6 j949 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תֻּמָּתִֽ⁠י 1 See how you translated the term **integrity** in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “that I live in the right way” +31:7 fm8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִ֥ם תִּטֶּ֣ה אַשֻּׁרִ⁠י֮ מִנִּ֪י הַ֫⁠דָּ֥רֶךְ 1 Job is using one part of himself, a **step** that he would take, to mean all of him in the act of walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I have turned aside from the way” +31:7 j950 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִ֥ם תִּטֶּ֣ה אַשֻּׁרִ⁠י֮ מִנִּ֪י הַ֫⁠דָּ֥רֶךְ 1 Job is speaking of the right manner in which to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should walk along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I have failed to live correctly” +31:7 j951 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לִבִּ֑⁠י & מֻאֽוּם 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if my heart … if a spot” +31:7 r29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר עֵ֭ינַ⁠י הָלַ֣ךְ לִבִּ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his **heart** and his **eyes** as if they were living things that could go places, the eyes going somewhere first and the heart following. Here Job is using his **heart** to mean his desires and his **eyes** to mean what he sees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or if I have seen something that did not belong to me but I have coveted it for myself” +31:7 tvw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝⁠בְ⁠כַפַּ֗⁠י דָּ֣בַק מֻאֽוּם 1 As in [17:9](../17/09.md), Job is speaking as if people who are innocent of wrongdoing literally have clean **hands**, so that when he speaks of a **spot** or stain having **stuck** to his **hands**, he is raising the issue of whether he has done something wrong. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or I have done something morally wrong” +31:8 b7e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶ֭זְרְעָה וְ⁠אַחֵ֣ר יֹאכֵ֑ל 1 Job means implicitly that if he has done any of the wrong things he has just listed, then the appropriate punishment would be for someone else to **eat** the crops that grew from seeds he would **sow**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “may someone else eat the crops that grow from the seeds that I sow” +31:9 j952 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־נִפְתָּ֣ה לִ֭בִּ⁠י עַל־אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 When Job speaks of whether his **heart** has been **opened** by a **woman**, he is using an expression that means to be enticed by a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If my heart has been enticed by a woman” +31:9 p1yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִם־נִפְתָּ֣ה לִ֭בִּ⁠י עַל־אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **heart**, meaning his desires, to mean all of him in the act of being enticed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If I have been enticed by a woman” +31:9 j953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אִם־נִפְתָּ֣ה לִ֭בִּ⁠י עַל־אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. However, be careful to translate Job’s meaning accurately. Job is not describing a situation in which a woman would be essentially responsible for seducing him. He is describing a situation in which he would not have exercised self-control over what he looked at (as described in verse 1) and in which he allowed the beauty of a woman to entice him to do something he knew was wrong. Alternate translation: “If I have allowed a woman to entice me” +31:9 rs8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠עַל־פֶּ֖תַח רֵעִ֣⁠י אָרָֽבְתִּי 1 The implication is that this **woman** is married and that Job would have waited in hiding outside her **door** for her to open the door and let him come into her home and have sexual relations with her at a time when her husband was away. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and I have waited for my neighbor’s wife to let me into her home so that I could have sexual relations with her” +31:10 ngk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תִּטְחַ֣ן לְ⁠אַחֵ֣ר אִשְׁתִּ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the term **grind**, meaning to grind grain, by association to mean “be a concubine,” since concubines did the work of grinding grain for their masters, who were also their husbands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See the General Notes to this chapter for a further discussion of this verse. Alternate translation: “may my wife become the concubine of another man” +31:10 j954 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ֝⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ יִכְרְע֥וּ⁠ן אֲחֵרִֽין 1 Job is using the phrase **bow down upon** to mean “have sexual relations with.” This is mild way of referring to something that is usually done in private. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and may others sleep with her” +31:11 ds7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּי־הִ֥יא & זִמָּ֑ה 1 The pronoun **that** refers to what Job described in verse 9, not to what he described in verse 10. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “For if I had sexual relations with another man’s wife, that would be lewdness” +31:11 h8zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ֝ה֗וּא & עָוֺ֥ן פְּלִילִֽים 1 Job is using this possessive form to describe **iniquity** that **judges** would punish, not iniquity that judges would commit. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and judges would certainly punish such iniquity” +31:12 j955 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 Job is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he would not commit adultery, not the reason why judges would punish adultery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I would not commit adultery, because I know that” +31:12 j956 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֵ֣שׁ הִ֭יא 1 The pronoun **it** refers to text. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “adultery is a fire” +31:12 r4vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣שׁ הִ֭יא 1 Job is speaking as if adultery were literally a **fire**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is very destructive” +31:12 i923 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַד־אֲבַדּ֣וֹן תֹּאכֵ֑ל 1 Job is speaking of the fire that he is using to represent adultery as if it burns everything in its path right down to the underworld. As a note to [26:6](../01/01.md) explains, the word **Abaddon** is another name for Sheol. However, the word literally means “destruction,” and Job may be using it in that sense, even within the image of this fire. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it burns until everything before it is completely destroyed” +31:12 bn97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל־תְּב֖וּאָתִ֣⁠י תְשָׁרֵֽשׁand it would uproot all of my harvest 1 Job is also speaking as if adultery were something that would **uproot** his entire **harvest**. He is probably using this image to represent the loss of all of his possessions. [Proverbs 6:26–35](../06/26.md) indicates that in this culture, men found guilty of adultery could have to pay great amounts in fines and compensation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it could cost me all of my possessions” or “and it could make me lose all of my wealth” +31:13 j957 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִם־אֶמְאַ֗ס מִשְׁפַּ֣ט עַ֭בְדִּ⁠י וַ⁠אֲמָתִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “If I did not consider it important to treat my male servant or my female servant justly” +31:14 s3xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מָ֣ה אֶֽ֭עֱשֶׂה כִּֽי־יָק֣וּם אֵ֑ל וְ⁠כִֽי־יִ֝פְקֹ֗ד מָ֣ה אֲשִׁיבֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “then I would not be able to do anything if God arose, or if he visited, I would not be able to answer him” +31:14 j958 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָק֣וּם אֵ֑ל 1 Job is asking implicitly what he would do if God **arose** or stood up to bring charges against him. As a note to [20:27](../20/27.md) explains, in order to begin a case against someone, people in this culture would stand up among those who had gathered in the public square. See how you translated the similar expression in [20:27](../20/27.md). Alternate translation: “God stood up to bring charges against me” +31:14 j959 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כִֽי־יִ֝פְקֹ֗ד 1 Job is using the term **visited** in a particular sense. When applied to God, the term often indicates that God takes action in the life of a person or group, whether to help needy people or to punish guilty people. For example, [Ruth 1:6](../01/06.md) says that Naomi, who had left Israel because of a famine, returned there after she heard that “Yahweh had visited his people, giving them bread.” Here the sense is that God would “visit” Job to help Job’s servants and to punish him for mistreating them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Or if he came to help my servants” +31:15 jl2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did not the one making me in the belly make him? And did {not} one fashion us in the womb? 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “After all, the one who made me in the belly also made him. Indeed, the same person fashioned us both in the womb.” +31:15 j960 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations Did not & make him 1 Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Job is using the word in a generic sense that refers both to the “male servant” and “female servant” whom he describes in verse 13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an expression in your language that would indicate this. Alternate translation: “Did not … make my male servant and my female servant” or “Did not … make them” +31:15 j961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive And did {not} one fashion us 1 By **us**, Job means himself and his servants but not the friends to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +31:16 yzr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession from the desire of the poor 1 Job is using this possessive form to describe something that the **poor** would **desire**. The sense is that they would desire this because they needed it. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “something that the poor desired” or “something that the poor needed” +31:16 j962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the poor 1 Job is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” +31:16 e9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche or I have made the eyes of the widow fail 1 Job is using one part of this **widow**, her **eyes**, to mean all of her in the act of looking for help, that is, expecting and awaiting help. If her eyes were to **fail**, that would mean that she had given up hope of receiving the help she needed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or if I have neglected to help a widow for so long that she gave up hope of receiving help” +31:16 j963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun the widow 1 Job is not referring to a specific **widow**. He means any widow who might have needed help. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using an indefinite article. Alternate translation: “a widow” +31:17 gs2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the fatherless 1 Job is using the adjective **fatherless** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the fatherless person” or “the orphan” +31:17 j964 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun the fatherless 1 Job is not referring to a specific **fatherless** person. He means any orphan who might have needed food. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “any orphan who might have needed food” +31:18 ibm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases for 1 Job is using the word **for** to introduce the reason why he does not even need to specify a consequence in this case if he has committed the sins he has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “but I do not even need to say what God should do to me if I have done those things, because” +31:18 z518 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole from my youth & and from the belly of my mother 1 Job says **from my youth** and **from the belly of my mother** as overstatements for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “throughout my life … and continually” +31:18 xz2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns he has grown up with me & I have guided her 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the representative orphan whom Job described in the verse 17, and the pronoun **her** refers to the representative widow he described in verse 16. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the orphan has grown up with me … I have guided the widow” +31:19 j965 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the needy 1 Job is using the adjective **needy** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a needy person” +31:19 j966 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun the needy 1 Job is not referring to a specific **needy** person. He means any person who might have needed a **covering**, probably meaning an outer garment that would also have served as a blanket. You could indicate in your translation whom Job means if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “any person who needed one” +31:20 j967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure if his loins have not blessed me and he has {not} warmed himself from the wool of my sheep 1 Since this representative needy person may have first **warmed himself** with a garment that Job provided and then **blessed** Job for this practical help, it may be more natural to reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “if he has not warmed himself from the wool of my sheep and blessed me for my kindness” +31:20 ut9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche if his loins have not blessed me 1 Job is using one part of this representative needy person, his **loins**, to mean all of him in the act of blessing Job. Job probably chooses the waist area to symbolize this person because that is the area that a person who needed clothing would cover first. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if he has not blessed me” +31:20 r66u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy from the wool of my sheep 1 Job is using this phrase by association to mean a garment that someone in his household would have woven from **wool** that his **sheep** had produced. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a warm woolen garment that I provided” +31:21 mf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction if I have shaken my hand against the fatherless 1 Shaking the **hand**, probably formed into a fist, **against** someone would be a symbolic action that threatened harm if the person did not acquiesce to one’s wishes. In this context, it would be a gesture that threatened severe consequences if an opponent in court did not agree to settle a case on favorable terms. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “if I have tried to intimidate the fatherless into settling a case in my favor” +31:21 w7s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I saw my help at the gate 1 Job is using the term **gate** by association to mean the community court, which would hold its sessions in the public square near the city gate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I saw that there were people in court who would take my side” +31:22 sqk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive yes, may my arm be broken from its socket 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “yes, may my arm break off from its socket” +31:23 ss4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases For 1 Job is using the word **For** to reassert the reason why he did not commit any of the crimes he has been describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “No, I did not do any of those things, because” +31:23 j968 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the destruction of God 1 Job is using this possessive form to describe the **destruction** of a wicked person by **God**, not the destruction of God by anything. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the knowledge that God destroys wicked people” +31:23 j969 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis and from his majesty, I was not able 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Job is referring to neglecting the poor and intimidating the fatherless, as he described in verses 19–21. Alternate translation: “and because of his majesty, I was not able to do any of those things” or “and because of his majesty, I could not have done any of those things” +31:24 j970 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and I have said to fine gold, ‘My confidence’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and I have told fine gold that it was my confidence” +31:24 s4sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe and I have said to fine gold, ‘My confidence’ 1 If Job had spoken to **fine gold** in this way, he would have been speaking to something that he knew could not hear him in order to show in a strong way how he felt about it. If a speaker in your language would not do that, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I have said that fine gold was my confidence” +31:24 r6lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns and I have said to fine gold, ‘My confidence’ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and I have said that I was confiding in fine gold” +31:25 sk1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas and because my hand had acquired much! 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing. In this culture, people would often swear an oath by stating the first part of a condition but not the second part. As the General Notes to this chapter explain, in most instances Job does state the second part of conditions in the oaths that he swears in that chapter. But in this instance, he does not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implied second part of this condition. You could use the same language that Job uses in verses 11 and 28, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “and because my hand had acquired much, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “and because my hand had acquired much, then I would certainly deserve punishment” +31:25 bt3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my hand had acquired much 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **hand**, to mean all of him in the act of acquiring wealth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I had acquired much” +31:25 j971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj much 1 Job is using the adjective **much** as a noun to mean wealth in quantity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a fortune” +31:26 j972 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the light 1 Job is using the term **light** by association to mean the sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sun” +31:26 m93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor or the moon walking 1 Job is speaking as if the **moon** were literally **walking** across the sky. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or the moon moving across the sky” +31:27 qcf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom and my heart opened 1 See how you translated the similar expression about the “heart” being “opened” in [31:9](../31/09.md). Alternate translation: “and I was attracted to the sun or the moon” +31:27 wm2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification and my hand kissed my mouth 1 Job is speaking as if his **hand** were a living thing that could have **kissed** his **mouth**. He means that if he had wanted to offer worship to the sun or the moon, following the customs of this culture, he would have touched his hand to his mouth in a kiss and then waved the kiss up to the sun or the moon. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I had blown a kiss to the sun or the moon” or “and I had worshiped the sun or the moon” +31:28 pwl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession this also {would be} iniquity of judges 1 See how you translated the expression **iniquity of judges** in [31:11](../31/11.md). Alternate translation: “judges would certainly also punish such iniquity” +31:29 b1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom or lifted myself up 1 This expression means to consider oneself in a better position than another who has suffered a misfortune. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or gloated” +31:29 p1nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification when evil found him 1 Job is speaking of **evil** as if it were a living thing that could have **found** someone who hated him. Here the word **evil** has the sense of “misfortune” rather than of moral wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he suffered misfortune” +31:29 hvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas when evil found him 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “when evil found him, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “when evil found him, then I would certainly deserve punishment” +31:30 w93c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification For I have not caused my palate to sin 1 Job is speaking as if his **palate** or mouth were a living thing that he could have caused to **sin**. He means that he himself could have sinned in something that he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For I have not said something sinful” +31:31 j973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will show one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ 1 As in [31:25](../31/25.md) and [31:29](../31/29.md), here Job does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. See what you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will show one who has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will show one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh?’ then I would certainly deserve punishment” +31:31 j974 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes If the men of my tent have not said, ‘Who will show one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh?’! 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If the men of my tent have not asked who would show one who has not been satisfied from my flesh!” +31:31 ng3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the men of my tent 1 Job is using the term **tent** by association to mean his household. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the men of my household” +31:31 j975 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations the men of my tent 1 Although Job refers to his male and female servants separately in [31:13](../31/13.md), Job is likely using the masculine term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the men and women of my household” or “my servants” +31:31 hwl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who will show one {who} has not been satisfied from his flesh? 1 Job’s servants would be using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can show anyone who has not been satisfied from his flesh!” or, positively, “Everyone has been satisfied from his flesh!” +31:31 j976 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit one {who} has not been satisfied 1 As the next verse shows, Job’s servants would be speaking implicitly of hungry people. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a hungry person who has not been satisfied” +31:31 j977 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy from his flesh 1 Job’s servants would be using the term **flesh** by association to mean meat and, by further association, food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from his food” +31:32 p6kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives The sojourner has not stayed overnight in the outdoors 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative phrase **stayed overnight in the outdoors**. Alternate translation: “I have allowed the sojourner to stay in my home” +31:32 uns3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun The sojourner has not stayed overnight … to the traveler 1 Job is not referring to a specific **sojourner** or to a specific **traveler**. He means sojourners and travelers in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Alternate translation: “Sojourners have not had to stay overnight … to travelers” +31:32 h895 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I have opened my doors to the traveler 1 Job is using one thing he would do to provide hospitality, open his **doors**, to mean the entire act of providing hospitality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have provided hospitality to travelers” +31:33 jav4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations like man 1 The word translated **man** could mean: (1) even though it is masculine, humanity in general, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “as people do” (2) Adam, the first man whom God created and who tried to hide from God when he realized that he had sinned. (However, many interpreters question whether Job would have been familiar with the book of Genesis.) Alternate translation: “like Adam” +31:33 sb1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have concealed my sins by hiding my guilt in my chest 1 Job is speaking as if **guilt** were an object that he could **hide** in his chest. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have concealed the guilt of my sins by keeping it inside” or “I have concealed my sins by not telling anyone about what I was guilty of doing” +31:34 b8ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche and did not go out the door 1 Job is using thing he would do to confess his sins publicly, **go out the door**, to mean the entire act of making a public confession. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and did not confess my sin publicly” +31:34 ia4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas and did not go out the door 1 This is the conclusion of an oath that Job is swearing in this verse. See what you did in [31:25](../31/25.md), where Job similarly does not state the second part of the condition in an oath that he is swearing. Alternate translation: “and did not go out the door, then judges would certainly punish such iniquity” or “and did not go out the door, then I would certainly deserve punishment” +31:35 i9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Who will give to me one hearing me? 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that I had someone who was hearing me!” +31:35 v1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit one hearing me? 1 By **one hearing me**, Job implicitly means someone impartial “hearing” his case in the judicial sense and judging it. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “someone impartial who will judge between me and God” +31:35 vmt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Behold, my mark! 1 It appears that in this culture, both parties in a legal proceeding would submit their arguments to the court in writing and that they would sign them with their names or with a **mark** to authenticate them. Job is speaking as if he is putting his mark on a written record of his testimony in order to declare that everything he has just said is true. (It seems unlikely that he has actually put all of his testimony in writing, since this is not an actual court proceeding and God would not be submitting a corresponding written document.) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I certify that I have been telling the truth” +31:35 u84z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis And the scroll that the man of my case has written? 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And who will give to me the scroll that the man of my case has written?” or “And I wish that I had the scroll that the man of my case has written!” +31:35 qku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the man of my case 1 This expression refers to an opponent in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my opponent” +31:36 j978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom If I would not bear it on my shoulder? 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I would bear it on my shoulder, would I not?” +31:36 j979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If I would not bear it on my shoulder? 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I would certainly bear it on my shoulder!” +31:36 gw5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If I would not bear it on my shoulder? 1 Job is speaking as if he would literally **bear** his opponent’s written legal argument against him on his **shoulder**. He means that he would have no reason to be ashamed of any of the accusations, knowing that they would be proven false and his honor would be vindicated. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “I would wear it as a badge of honor!” +31:36 j980 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I would bind it to me {as} crowns 1 Job is using the plural form **crowns** to refer to a crown of superlative quality. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “I would wear it on my head as a splendid crown” or “I would wrap it around my head as a splendid garland” +31:37 l5p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor my steps 1 Job is speaking of his actions as if they were **steps** along a path that he had been walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my actions” +31:37 mvd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like a noble 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **noble** does things confidently and with self-assurance because of his position, so Job would **approach** Shaddai confidently, knowing that he was innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “confidently” +31:38 r91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification If my soil cries out against me and its furrows weep together 1 Job is speaking of the **soil** on his land and its **furrows** as if they were living things that could cry out for justice and **weep** because of oppression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, in light of what Job says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “If I have committed a sin in the way that I have used my land” +31:39 j981 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy without silver 1 Job is using the term **silver** by association to mean money, since silver was used as money in this culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without paying for it” +31:39 vfe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism or caused the breath of its masters to expire 1 This could mean: (1) that as a poetic way of referring to death, Job is speaking of how someone might **expire** or breathe out **breath**. He would mean implicitly that he had not even left the people who were farming his land enough crops to live on. Alternate translation: “or caused its masters to die of starvation” (2) that Job had grieved the people who were farming his land by oppressing them, though he had not actually caused them to die. The word translated **breath** can also mean “soul,” and the word translated **expire** could mean “sigh.” In that case Job would be using the souls of these farmers to mean the farmers themselves. Alternate translation: “or caused the souls of its masters to sigh” or “or caused its masters to sigh from oppression” +31:39 j982 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom its masters 1 In this context, the term **masters** describes people who are farming the land, not people who own it. It could refer to people who tenants of land that Job owned. In that case, they would likely be sharecropping, that is, growing crops on Job’s land in exchange for giving him a share of the crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its tenants” or “its sharecroppers” or “the people who were farming it” +31:40 k93z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis may a thorn grow instead of wheat and a weed instead of barley 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “may a thorn grow instead of wheat, and may a weed grow instead of barley” +31:40 j983 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun may a thorn grow instead of wheat and a weed instead of barley 1 Job is not referring to a specific **thorn** or to a specific **weed**. He means thorns and weeds in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Alternate translation: “may thorns grow instead of wheat, and may weeds grow instead of barley” +31:40 j984 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The words of Job have ended 1 The narrator is using the term **words** to mean what Job has been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the end of what Job said” +32:intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter introduces a younger man named Elihu, who has been listening to the conversation between Job and his three friends. Elihu explains that he waited for the friends to speak first, out of respect for their age. But since they have not been able to answer Job effectively, he would now like to speak himself. Elihu continues to speak through chapter 37.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines 32:6–22 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because those verses are poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### reference of “you” and “your”\n\nIn verses 6 and 11–14, Elihu says “you” and “your” in order to refer to Job’s three friends, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n\n### “words” meaning speaking or what a person says\n\nSeveral times in verses 11–18, Elihu uses the term “words” to mean speaking or what a person says by using words. The narrator also uses the term in that sense in verse 4. Notes suggest ways to translate the term “words” in these various individual contexts. +32:1 j985 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the three of these men 1 By **the three of these men**, the narrator implicitly means Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar” +32:1 k2f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in his eyes 1 The narrator is using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. Sight, in turn, represents attention, perspective, and judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his own perspective” +32:2 cr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the nose burned of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram. His nose burned against Job because 1 See how you translated the word **nose** in [9:5](../09/05.md). The narrator is speaking as if Elihu’s **nose** or anger could literally have **burned**. He means that Elihu became very angry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry. He became very angry against Job because” +32:2 j986 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the clan of Ram 1 The author is introducing **Elihu** as a new participant in the story by naming his father, his people group, and his clan. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. You may wish to indicate in your translation, as the UST does, that Elihu had been listening as Job spoke with his three friends. +32:2 hxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Elihu & Barakel & Buzite & Ram 1 The words **Elihu**, **Barakel**, and **Ram** are the names of men. **Buzite** is the name of the people group to which Elihu belonged. The term identifies him as one of the descendants of a man named Buz. +32:3 p4aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his nose burned 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he became very angry” +32:3 j987 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism but they had declared Job wrong 1 A marginal notation in traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible indicates that scribes changed this reading from “they had declared God wrong” to **they had declared Job wrong**. The scribes made this change in order to avoid the uncomfortable suggestion that God could be declared wrong. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and so they had made it appear as if God were wrong” +32:4 j988 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Now Elihu had awaited Job with words, because they {were} older in days than he {was}. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Now Job’s friends were much older than Elihu, so he had waited until they had finished speaking to Job before he spoke himself” +32:4 w92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Now Elihu had awaited Job with words, because 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the narrator is using the term **words** to mean what Elihu wanted to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now Elihu had waited to speak to Job because” +32:4 j989 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom were older in days 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “were older in age” +32:5 mm6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor there was no answer in the mouths of the three of the men 1 The narrator is speaking as if an **answer** were an object that could have been in the **mouths** of Job’s friends. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Job’s three friends could say nothing further to answer him” +32:6 j990 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys answered and said 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, the person said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. See how you have been translating this expression. Alternate translation: “responded” +32:6 j991 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in days 1 Elihu is using the term **days** to refer to his age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in age” +32:6 jj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular you 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word **you** is plural here because Elihu is addressing Job’s three friends, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +32:7 j992 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes I said, ‘Let days speak, and let a multitude of years teach wisdom’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I told myself that days should speak and that a multitude of years should teach wisdom” +32:7 z9d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Let days speak, and let a multitude of years teach wisdom 1 Elihu is speaking of **days** and **years** as if they were living things that could **speak** and **teach wisdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. He means that people who have lived for many days and years should do those things. Alternate translation: “Let people who have lived for many days speak; yes, let those who have lived for a multitude of years teach wisdom” +32:7 j993 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns wisdom 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wise” +32:8 j994 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a spirit, it {is} in man 1 Elihu means implicitly that God created humans with a **spirit** as well as a body. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “man has a spirit, not just a body” +32:8 le8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations in man 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Elihu is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “in humans” +32:8 tg64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and the breath of Shaddai gives them understanding 1 Elihu means implicitly that because Shaddai breathed life into humans, divinely bestowing on them the gift of life (the Bible presents this concept in [Genesis 2:7](../02/07.md)), humans have **understanding**, not just instinct as animals do. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and it is because Shaddai has breathed life into them that they have understanding” +32:9 j995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The great are not wise, and the aged do {not} understand justice 1 Elihu means implicitly that it is not the **great** or the **aged** alone who are wise and understand justice. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It is not only the great who are wise, and it is not the aged alone who understand justice” +32:9 j996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj The great & and the aged 1 Elihu is using the adjectives **great** and **aged** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Great people … and aged people” +32:9 j997 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns justice 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is just” +32:10 j998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Therefore I say, ‘Listen to me; I also will declare my knowledge.’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore I ask you to listen to me so that I also can declare my knowledge” +32:10 c94u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns my knowledge 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what I know” +32:11 vq5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for your words & words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job’s friends said and tried to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to speak … something to say” +32:12 cem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he said” or “his arguments” +32:13 ys9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes lest you say, ‘We have found wisdom!’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So do not say that you have found wisdom” +32:13 pwq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations not man 1 Elihu is using the masculine term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “not a mere human being” +32:14 q8fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he has not arrayed words against me 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job and his friends have been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Job has said nothing to provoke me, so I can speak reasonably to him, unlike you” +32:15 j999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside They are dismayed; they do not answer any longer; words have gone from them 1 Elihu has been speaking directly to Job’s friends in the second person, but in this verse he starts speaking about them in the third person. This could mean: (1) that Elihu is now speaking to himself, but out loud, about the people to whom he had been speaking. He would be doing that to indicate in a strong way how he feels about those people. Alternate translation: “I am indignant that Job’s friends are dismayed and are no longer answering him and have nothing further to say to him” (2) that Elihu is now speaking about Job’s friends to others who are present. (It is unlikely that Elihu is turning to address Job himself here; Elihu begins addressing Job directly by name in [33:1](../33/01.md).) Alternate translation: “Look, all the rest of you, at how Job’s friends are dismayed and are no longer answering him and have nothing further to say to him!” Since Job’s friends can hear what Elihu is saying, and since he is saying it partly for their benefit, you could also continue to use the second person in your translation, as the UST does. +32:15 gi7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification words have gone from them 1 Elihu is speaking of **words** as if they were living things that could have **gone** away from Job’s friends. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they have nothing further to say” +32:16 k7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Shall I wait 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I shall not wait …!” +32:16 k000 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative Shall I wait 1 Elihu is using a future statement to give himself an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Should I wait …?” or, as an exclamation, “I should not wait …!” +32:16 k001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys they stand, they answer no more 1 Elihu is expressing a single idea by using the two verbs **stand** and **answer**. In this context, the word **stand** means to stop doing something. He does not mean that Job’s friends have stood to their feet. Alternate translation: “they have ceased to answer any more” +32:17 ii5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns knowledge 1 See how you translated the similar expression in verse 10. Alternate translation: “what I know” +32:18 j46i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I am full of words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he wants to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am full of things to say” +32:18 k002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I am full of words 1 Elihu is speaking of himself as if he were a container that was **full** of **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have very many things to say” +32:18 k003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche in my belly 1 Elihu is using one part of himself, his **belly**, to mean all of him in the act of being compelled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “within me” +32:18 t9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the spirit 1 By **spirit**, Elihu could mean God’s Spirit, as he described in verse 8 and implied in verse 13. If this is the meaning, your language may have some convention, such as capitalization, for distinguishing God’s Spirit from the spirit of a person. Alternate translation: “the Spirit” +32:19 l5s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is like wine 1 Elihu is using the term **wine** by association to mean a wine container. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is like a wine container” +32:19 a7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor like new wineskins, it is bursting open 1 Elihu is speaking as if his **belly** were literally **bursting open** the way **new wineskins** do if they are not able to stretch enough to accommodate the gases that form as the wine inside them ferments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I feel as if I can barely contain all the things I want to say, as if I were a new wineskin that could hardly stretch enough to contain all the gases that were forming as the wine inside it fermented” +32:20 m29y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and refresh myself 1 The idea of being able to breathe freely once again is implicit in the word translated **refresh**. Your language may have an equivalent expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that I can breathe a sign of relief” +32:20 w6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I will open my lips 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I will talk” +32:21 k004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations a man & a man 1 In both instances, the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “anyone … anyone” +32:21 k005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom let me not lift the face of a man 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “let me not show favoritism to anyone” +32:21 mi73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche and let me not give a title to a man 1 Elihu may be using one thing that he might do to flatter someone, address him by an honorary **title**, to mean all the ways in which he might flatter someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and let me not flatter anyone” +32:22 nb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I do not know giving titles 1 This could mean: (1) that Elihu is using the word **know** in the sense of being acquainted with something. He may mean that this is not his custom. Alternate translation: “it is not my custom to address people by honorary titles” (2) that Elihu is saying that he is not skilled at **giving titles**. Alternate translation: “I am not very good at giving titles” or “I am not very good at flattery” +32:22 i4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism my Maker would soon take me away 1 When Elihu says that his **Maker** (God) would **take** him **away** if he flattered people, he is referring to death in a poetic way. He means that God would punish him by killing him. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “my Maker would do away with me” +33:intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Elihu’s speech. In this chapter, Elihu addresses Job directly. He invites Job to listen to him, summarizes what Job has said, and tells Job that he is wrong that God does not respond to people. Elihu says that God speaks to people in dreams to warn them not to keep sinning. He says that God also uses sickness to correct people. The implications are that Job’s sufferings are a warning from God not to sin; they are not a punishment from God for sins that Job has committed. In that sense, as Elihu says at the end of the chapter, Job has been right and his friends have been wrong about what has been happening to Job.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### ransom\n\nIn verse 24, Elihu describes how God may say of a person who is suffering because of his sin, “I have found a ransom.” The term “ransom” can describe a payment that is made in exchange for someone’s freedom. The term “redeem,” which Elihu uses earlier in that verse, can similarly mean to make a payment in order to have someone set free. However, in this context, the term “ransom” seems to describe instead a valuable consideration, not necessarily a monetary one, that provides the grounds for sparing someone from punishment. Be sure that it is clear in your translation of this verse that God is not saying that he is going to make a payment to someone else on behalf of the suffering person.\n\nA further implication seems to be that the person whom Elihu is describing has repented because of his sufferings after an interpreting angel has explained to him the change needed in his actions. This repentance shows that the person has responded positively to God’s initiatives to get him to stop living in the wrong way and to start living in the right way once again. Be sure that it is also clear in your translation of verse 24 that there is nothing that the person has done to redeem or ransom himself. As Elihu says, God “is gracious to him.” It is God who brings the sickness into the person’s life to “chasten” him, and it is God who sends the angel to warn and admonish the person, and so the person is spared from punishment through the actions of God.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “words” meaning speaking or what a person says\n\nAs in chapter 32, many times in this chapter Elihu uses the term “words” to mean speaking or what a person says by using words. Notes suggest ways to translate the term “words” in these various individual contexts.### reference of “you” and “your”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Elihu uses the pronouns “you” and “your” to address Job individually, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n\n### “man” and “men” with generic meaning\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Elihu uses the words “man” and “men” in a generic sense that is inclusive of both men and women. It may be helpful in your translation to say “men and women” or to use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Notes suggest translation possibilities at various places (see: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations).\n\n### “seals their correction” or “terrifies them with warnings” (verse 16)\n\nIn verse 16, the ULT follows the standard Hebrew text by saying “seals their correction.” However, as a footnote in the ULT indicates, many biblical scholars believe that the original reading was more likely “terrifies them with warnings,” and some translations say that. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +33:1 m7lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my words & all of my words 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he wants to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have to say … all that I tell you” +33:2 j572 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture I have now opened my mouth; my tongue has spoken in my palate 1 Elihu is using the past tense to describe something that he intends to do in the immediate future. He is doing that in order to indicate his resolve to do what he describes. Alternate translation: “I am about to open my mouth; my tongue is about to speak on my palate” +33:2 k006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I have now opened my mouth 1 Elihu is using the first part of the speaking process, opening one’s **mouth**, to mean the entire process of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am about to speak” +33:2 k007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification my tongue has spoken on my palate 1 Elihu is speaking of his **tongue** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. He means that he is about to use his tongue to form words by touching it against his **palate** and other places in his mouth. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “the words are on the tip of my tongue” +33:3 k008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy My words {are} 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he plans to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will speak” +33:3 u1kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor {from} the uprightness of my heart 1 Elihu is using his **heart** to represent his character. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the uprightness of my character” +33:3 k009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns {from} the uprightness of my heart 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uprightness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone whose character is upright” +33:3 j6sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification and my lips speak pure knowledge 1 Elihu is speaking of his **lips** as if they were living things that could **speak** on their own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I say will be pure knowledge” +33:4 g749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result The Spirit of God made me; yes, the breath of Shaddai enlivened me. 1 Elihu is reasserting the reason he gave in [32:8](../32/08.md) to account for how he will be able to speak knowledgably. See how you translated the similar expression there. Alternate translation: “I will be able to speak knowledgably because Spirit of God made me; yes, it was Shaddai who breathed the breath of life into me” +33:5 ikf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor array {your words} & station yourself 1 While they are used in other contexts as well, the words translated as **array** and **station** can have the sense of organizing troops into formations and placing them on a field of battle in order to defend a certain position. Elihu may be speaking as if Job’s words were troops that he wanted him to organize and as if Job himself were an army that should make a stand on a battlefield. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “organize what you want to say … prepare to defend yourself” +33:5 k010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to my face 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “to me personally” +33:6 dis8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I am for God according to your mouth 1 Elihu could be using the term **mouth** to mean: (1) what Job said when he wished that God would respond to him. Job said something like this in [31:35](../01/01.md) and in several other places earlier in his speeches. Alternate translation: “I will reply to you on behalf of God, as you wished” (2) Job himself. Elihu would be using part of Job, the part he has been using to pursue his case against God, to mean all of Job. If you follow this second interpretation in your translation, you may wish to put the sentence break at the end of the verse rather than in the middle of the verse, since the two halves of the verse would be parallel statements. Alternate translation: “I am just like you to God” +33:6 q828 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I too have been formed from clay 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “God formed me too from clay” +33:6 ym3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I too have been formed from clay 1 Elihu is speaking as if God had literally **formed** him from **clay**. He is indicating that he is only a mortal human being by alluding to the way that God originally formed humans from the dust of the earth. The Bible presents this concept in [Genesis 2:7](../02/07.md)). As the next verse makes clear, Elihu is reassuring Job that he does not have to be afraid of how he will respond to him, in contrast with the way Job said in [30:21–23](../30/21.md) and other places that he was afraid that God would respond to him violently and with great force. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am only a mortal human being” +33:7 dmb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession my fear 1 Elihu is using this possessive form to describe Job’s fear of him, not his own fear of something. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the fear of me” +33:7 y53l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and my pressure will not be heavy on you 1 Elihu is speaking as if he might literally use his arms and hands to push down hard on Job and keep him from getting up, although he says that he will not do that. He means that he will not treat Job severely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will not treat you severely” +33:8 zu7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you have spoken in my ears 1 Elihu is using the term **ears** by association to mean hearing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have spoken in my hearing” or “you have spoken while I was listening” +33:8 c2f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy and I have heard the sound of the words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job has said by using words. Elihu may be referring to the **sound** of the words to mean the exact words, that is, exactly what Job said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and this is exactly what I heard you say” +33:9 f62q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ‘I {am} pure, without transgression; I {am} innocent, and iniquity {is} not to me 1 In this verse and the next two verses, Elihu is telling what he heard Job say. You may wish to indicate that with an introductory phrase. While Elihu quotes many words and phrases directly from Job’s speeches (for example, Job described his prayer as “pure” in [16:17](../16/17.md)), this is a general summary, not a series of exact quotations. Nevertheless, you may wish to present verses 9–11 as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “You have said, ‘I am pure, without transgression; I am innocent, and I have no iniquity” +33:9 h3f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘I {am} pure, without transgression; I {am} innocent, and iniquity {is} not to me 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate verses 9–11 so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have said that you are pure, without transgression; you have said that you are innocent and that you have no iniquity” +33:10 f8tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Behold, he finds occasions against me; he considers me an enemy to him 1 Elihu is continuing to provide a general summary of what he heard Job say, directly quoting certain words and phrases. For example, Job asked God in [13:24](../13/24.md) why God considered him an enemy. If you decided to translate the previous verse as an indirect quotation, you can continue to do that here. Alternate translation: “You have said that God finds occasions against you and that he considers you to be his enemy” +33:11 w3ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes He puts my feet in shackles; he watches all of my paths.’ 1 Elihu is continuing to provide a general summary of what he heard Job say. In this verse he quotes directly what Job said in [13:27](../13/27.md). If you decided to translate the previous two verses as an indirect quotation, you can continue to do that here. Alternate translation: “You have said that God puts your feet in shackles and that he watches all of your paths.’ +33:11 ra4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He puts my feet in shackles; he watches all of my paths.’ 1 Job spoke as if God had literally put his **feet** in **shackles** and as if his courses of action were literally **paths** that he was walking along. If you chose to express the ideas behind these images rather than the images themselves in [13:27](../13/27.md), you can do the same thing here so that it will be clear that Elihu is quoting what Job said there. +33:12 bbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit {in} this 1 By **this**, Elihu seems to mean Job’s belief that God was not treating him fairly, which Elihu has just summarized. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in thinking that God is not treating you fairly,” +33:12 k011 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result {in} this you are not right & for God is greater than man 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the start of the verse (after **Behold**), since it gives the reason why Elihu says that Job is **not right**. Alternate translation: “since God is greater than man, you have misunderstood how he is treating you” +33:12 k012 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations than man 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “than humans” +33:13 z74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you contend against him, that does not answer any of one’s words? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not contend against him, that does not answer any of one’s words” +33:13 m749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that does not answer any of one's words 1 Elihu could be saying: (1) that Job’s complaint is that God has not responded to his questions and protests. In that case, Elihu would be using the term translated **words** to mean what Job has been saying. Alternate translation: “that he does not respond when one speaks to him” (2) that God does not given an account for his own actions. The term translated **words** can also describe the matters with which someone is concerned or the things that someone does. Alternate translation: “that he does not account to anyone for how he treats that person” +33:13 k013 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person that does not answer any of one’s words 1 Since Elihu is speaking to Job and he probably means that Job is complaining that God is not answering him, you could translate this in the second person if that would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that does not answer any of your words” or “that he does not respond when you speak to him” +33:13 k014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations that does not answer any of one’s words 1 It may be more natural in your language to make this a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘He does not answer any of my words’” or “saying, ‘He does not respond when I speak to him’” +33:14 gyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry God speaks once—yes, twice 1 As Eliphaz did in [5:19](../05/19.md), here Elihu is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry, but if a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “God indeed speaks to people” +33:14 k015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast one does not perceive it 1 Elihu is drawing an implicit contrast between God’s genuine speaking and people’s failure to perceive it. You may wish to indicate this contrast explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the only problem is, people do not perceive it” +33:15 zz7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in a vision of the night, in the falling of deep sleep upon men 1 Elihu is using two of the same phrases that Eliphaz used in [4:13](../01/01.md) in order to make a very similar point. The implication is that Elihu believes that Eliphaz was right to say what he did. Since Elihu is echoing Eliphaz implicitly, it would probably not be appropriate to add an explicit phrase to the text saying something like “as Eliphaz said,” but it may be helpful to translate the phrases here the same way you did in [4:13](../01/01.md). +33:15 vq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural in slumbers 1 Elihu is using the plural form **slumbers** in a context where the singular term “slumber” would suffice. This suggests that he is using the plural form for emphasis. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “in sound slumber” +33:16 k016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns God opens the ear of men 1 Since Elihu is speaking of many people, if you retain the term **ear** in your translation, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of the word. Alternate translation: “God opens the ears of people” +33:16 cgu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy God opens the ear of men 1 Elihu is using the term **ear** by association to mean hearing. When he says that God **opens** people’s ears, he means that God enables them to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God enables people to hear him speaking” +33:16 k017 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom God opens the ear of men 1 In this context, hearing represents understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God enables people to understand what he is saying to them” +33:16 k018 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession and seals their correction 1 Elihu is using the possessive form **their correction** to describe the correction that God gives to people, not the correction that people give. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and seals the correction that he gives to them” +33:16 k019 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and seals their correction 1 Elihu is speaking as if God literally placed a seal over the **correction** that he gave to people. He means that God preserves the value and influence of the correction. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and enables them to appreciate and benefit from the correction that he gives to them” +33:17 k020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to bring a man back from {his} doing 1 Elihu is speaking implicitly of a person **doing** something that was wrong. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring a person back from doing what is wrong” +33:17 qd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to bring a man back from {his} doing 1 Elihu is speaking as if God would literally **bring** a person who was doing wrong **back** from a certain place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to warn that person to stop doing what is wrong” +33:17 k021 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and to conceal pride from a man 1 Elihu is speaking as if **pride** were literally an object that God would **conceal** from a person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to keep that person from becoming proud” +33:18 t4um rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns He spares his soul 1 The pronoun **He** refers to God, and the pronoun **his** refers to a person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God spares a person’s soul” +33:18 d93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his soul & and his life 1 Elihu is using parts of a person, his **soul** and his **life**, to mean all of him in the act of being spared from death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him … and he spares him” +33:18 lgc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism from crossing over 1 Elihu is using the phrase **crossing over** to mean “dying.” This is a poetic way of referring to death; it suggests the image of crossing a river that is the boundary between one territory and another. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from dying” +33:18 bd6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy by a weapon 1 Elihu is using the term **weapon** by association to being killed by a weapon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by being killed by a weapon” +33:19 pgn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive He is also chastened 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also chastenes a person” +33:19 x9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and the strife of his bones {is} continual 1 Elihu is speaking as if there were literally **strife** or warfare among the **bones** of this person. He is using an image similar to the one that Job used in [30:17](../30/17.md) when he said, “Night pierces my bones.” Job meant that he got a stabbing sensation of pain in his body when he lay down at night. Here Elihu speaks similarly as if Job’s bones were being wounded in battle and Job was feeling the pain of that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he feels continual discomfort in his body” +33:20 ubm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis and his soul food of desire 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and his soul abhors food of desire” +33:20 k022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche so his life & and his soul 1 Elihu is using parts of a person, his **life** and his **soul**, to mean all of him in the act of abhorring food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so he … and he abhors” +33:20 k023 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche bread 1 Elihu is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” +33:20 x7zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession food of desire 1 Elihu is using this possessive form to describe **food** that a person would especially **desire**, not food that belongs to desire. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “desirable food” or “delicacies” +33:21 f64y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive not seen, are exposed 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people could not see before, become visible” +33:22 gup8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche And his soul & and his life 1 Elihu is using parts of a person, his **soul** and his **life**, to mean all of him in the act of approaching death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he … and he draws near” +33:22 ne1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to the ones causing death 1 Elihu may be referring implicitly to specific angels who were believed to be agents through whom God caused people to die. (There are suggestions of this in [2 Samuel 24:16](../2sa/24/16.md) and [Psalm 78:49](../psa/78/49.md).) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the angels of death” +33:23 kt34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast If 1 Elihu is drawing an implict contrast between the angels of death whom he described in the previous verse and the type of angel he describes in this verse, who helps keep a person from going “down to the pit” (as he says in the next verse). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the contrast explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if” +33:23 k024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit an interpreter 1 The word translated **interpreter** is used elsewhere in the Bible to mean someone who translates what someone says in one language into another language, for example, in [Genesis 42:23](../42/23.md). Here, however, it implicitly means someone who speaks on behalf of another person, not necessarily translating what that person says into another language. Alternate translation: “an advocate” or “a spokesman” +33:23 zbw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom one of a thousand 1 Elihu does not necessarily mean that exactly **one** out of every **thousand** angels is an interpreter such as he describes. Instead, this expression may mean in a general sense that such angels are rare. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that rare kind of angel” +33:23 k025 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to declare to a man his uprightness 1 This could mean: (1) that the angel would **declare** to a person how he would need to change his actions so that he would be upright or have a right standing with God (**his** would refer to the person) or so that his actions would conform to God’s **uprightness** (**his** would refer to God). Alternate translation: “to declare to a person how he needs to change his actions in order to become upright” (2) that the angel would **declare** to God on behalf of a person (the word translated **to** would mean “for”) that the person was upright or had the potential to change his actions and become upright and so did not need to die. Alternate translation: “to declare to God on a person’s behalf that he is upright” +33:24 k026 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns and he is gracious to him 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God and the pronoun **him** refers to the person whom Elihu has been describing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and God is gracious to that person” +33:24 a1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and says, ‘Spare him from going down to the pit, I have found a ransom,’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells the angels of death to spare him from going down to the pit because he has found a ransom” +33:24 es6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns I have found a ransom 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ransom**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “I have found a good reason to spare him” +33:24 k027 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I have found a ransom 1 The word **found** does not mean that God was not aware where this **ransom** was and had to look for it and finally found it. Rather, it means that when the suffering person repented, this was a consideration that helped provide grounds for sparing him. (See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I have recognized a good reason to spare him” +33:25 mu51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his flesh 1 Elihu is using one part of this person’s body, his **flesh**, to mean his whole body in the act of being rejuvenated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” +33:25 k7le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification it returns to the days of his youth 1 Elihu is speaking of this person’s **flesh** as if it were a living thing that could go back in time to his **youth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it becomes as it was in the days of his youth” +33:25 n9hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to the days of his youth 1 Elihu is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the time of his youth” +33:26 k028 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns and he will accept him, and he will see his face with joy 1 The pronoun **he** means God in the first instance and, in the second instance, the person whom Elihu has been describing. The pronoun **him** refers to this person, and the pronoun **his** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and God will accept this person, and the person will see God’s face with joy” +33:26 yt2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy and he will see his face 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Based on what Elihu says in the next two verses, this probably means that he will come into God’s presence in a temple. Alternate translation: “and he will come into God’s presence in a temple” +33:26 d3zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit for he will restore to the man his righteousness 1 This could mean: Alternate translation: (1) “for God will restore the man to a right standing with him” or (2) “and God will restore his reputation as a righteous person” or (3) “and God will set things right for the man again” +33:27 k029 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He will sing to men 1 Elihu assumes that Job will understand that by **sing**, he means that the person will go to a temple and publicly sing a song of thanksgiving to celebrate how God has delivered him, as was the custom in this culture. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will sing a song of thanksgiving in a temple” +33:27 t53p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and say, ‘I sinned and I turned aside uprightness, but he did not requite to me 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and say that he sinned and turned aside uprightness but that God did not requite to him” +33:27 k030 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns and I turned aside uprightness 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uprightness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and I turned aside what was right” +33:27 k031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification and I turned aside uprightness 1 Elihu is speaking of **uprightness** as if it were a living thing that had been walking down the right path and he **turned** it **aside** so that it began going down the wrong path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I did what was not right” +33:28 u2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes He has redeemed my soul from going over into the pit, and my life will see light 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “He will say that God has redeemed his soul from going over into the pit and that his life life will see light” +33:28 wt12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my soul & and my life 1 Elihu is using parts of this person, his **soul** and his **life**, to mean all of him in the act of being redeemed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me … and I” +33:28 f6ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy and my life will see light 1 This person is using the term **light** by association to mean life on earth. As in many other places in the book, here the realm of the living is describe as a place of light, by contrast with the realm of the dead, which is a place of darkness. (For example, in [18:18](../18/18.md), “They will drive him from light into darkness, and they will chase him from the world.”) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I will continue to live on earth” +33:29 w47t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism twice, thrice 1 As he did in verse 14, here Elihu is naming a number that should be sufficient to illustrate his point and then increasing that number by one for emphasis. This was a common device in Hebrew poetry, but if a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “again and again” +33:29 m27i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his soul 1 Elihu is using one part of this person, his **soul**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him” +33:30 myd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive for being enlightened with the light of the living 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he can enlighten him with the light of the living” +33:30 k032 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj for being enlightened with the light of the living 1 Elihu is using the plural adjective **living** as a noun to mean a certain group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so that he can enlighten him with the light of living people” +33:30 k033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession for being enlightened with the light of the living 1 Elihu is using the possessive form **the light of the living** to describe the light that living people have, by they see, not light that living people give off. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that he can enlighten him with the light that living people have” +33:30 k034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for being enlightened with the light of the living 1 As in verse 38, the term **light** refers by association to life on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that he can restore him to life among the other people who live on earth” +33:31 z1l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns and I will speak 1 For emphasis, Elihu is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **speak**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and let me be the one who speaks” +33:32 k035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/ grammar-connect-time-sequential If 1 Since Elihu told Job in the previous verse to **listen** and be **silent**, when he tells him in this verse to **speak** and **answer**, he implicitly means that Job should do this only after listening to him. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then if” +33:32 k036 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy there are words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job would say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have something to say” +33:32 g3l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I desire to justify you 1 Elihu seems to mean that he desires to show that Job has been right in saying that God is not punishing him for committing sin. Elihu has been suggesting that Job’s sufferings are instead a warning from God not to take a sinful course of action. You could indicate that explicitly in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am trying to show that you have been right in saying that God is not punishing you for committing sin” +33:33 k037 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast If 1 Elihu is implicitly drawing a contrast, suggesting that, on the other hand, Job may not have anything to say once he has listened to him further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the contrast explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if” +33:33 k038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns you listen to me 1 For emphasis, Elihu is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **listen**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you be the one who listens while I speak” +33:33 k039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns wisdom 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wise” +34:intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Elihu’s speech. In this chapter, Elihu speaks first to Job’s friends and others who may be listening, then from verse 16 onward he addresses Job directly, and then he speaks again to the others about Job starting in verse 34.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elihu speaking harshly about Job\n\nIt may be puzzling to your readers that while Elihu promises Job in 33:7 that he will be gentle with him, in this chapter, in verses 7–8 and 35, Elihu speaks very harshly about Job. However, this is really a matter of interpretation rather than translation, so it is not necessary to offer an explanation within the text of your translation.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Elihu quoting Job and his friends\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Elihu directly quotes Job or his friends. He does this to affirm what the friends said and to challenge what Job said. To help your readers appreciate that Elihu is doing this, you may wish to translate his expressions the same way you translated them when Job or his friends used them.\nIn 34:3, Elihu quotes what Job said in 12:11.\nIn 34:5, Elihu quotes what Job said in 27:2.\nIn 34:6, Elihu quotes what Job said in 6:4, 16:13, and 27:4.\nIn 34:7, Elihu quotes what Eliphaz said in 15:16.\nIn 34:12, Elihu quotes what Bildad said in 8:3.\n\n### “man” and “men” with generic meaning\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Elihu uses the words “man” and “men” in a generic sense that is inclusive of both men and women. It may be helpful in your translation to say “men and women” or to use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Notes suggest ways in which you might do this. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations.)\n\n### “For” at the start of a verse introducing a reason\n\nSeveral times in this chapter, Elihu says “For” at the beginning of a verse to introduce the reason for something he said in the previous verse. Elihu does this in verses 3, 5, 9, 11, 21, and 37. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer back more explicitly to the previous verse in order to show what Elihu is doing. The UST models ways to do this in each case. (“For” at the beginning of verse 23 introduces a new consideration, as the UST also illustrates.) (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases.) +34:1 h9vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys And Elihu answered and said 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. In this case, Elihu said more things in light of what he had already said and thus, in a sense, in answer to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “And Elihu said further, in light of what he had already said” +34:2 k8a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he is about to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have to say” +34:2 zux7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj wise {ones} 1 Elihu is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. (The ULT adds the word **ones** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you who are wise” +34:3 ln8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile the ear tests words, and the palate tastes food 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Elihu is using the same phrase that Job used to tell his friends in [12:11](../12/11.md) that he had considered and rejected their perspective. Elihu is quoting Job in order to tell him that, for his part, he has considered Job’s perspective and rejected it. To help your readers recognize this, you may wish to use the same language in your translation here as you did in [12:11](../12/11.md). +34:3 k040 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases the ear tests words, and the palate tastes food 1 Elihu is using the word **and** to indicate that the phrase it introduces is just as true as the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ear tests words, just as the palate tastes food” +34:3 k041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification the ear tests words, and the palate tastes food 1 Elihu is speaking of the **ear** as if it could **test words** by itself. He is using the ear to represent hearing, and he means that people themselves test or consider the words of others when they hear them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people consider others’ words when they hear them, just as people discern with their mouths the taste of their food” +34:3 k042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what people say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what people say” +34:3 k043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the ear tests words, and the palate tastes food 1 Though Elihu is making a general statement, he is referring implicitly to what Job has said and what he has decided about it. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I have heard what Job has said and I have considered it and decided that it is not true, just as people discern with their mouths the taste of their food” +34:3 k044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification and the palate tastes food 1 Elihu is speaking of the **palate** or mouth as if it could **taste** by itself. He means that with their mouths, people discern the taste of the food that they eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as people discern with their mouths the taste of their food” +34:4 v6hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Let us choose justice for ourselves; let us know among ourselves what is good. 1 Elihu is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and to the “wise ones” whom he is addressing, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (Even though Job is present and listening, Elihu is not addressing him, so Elihu is still saying **us** to include everyone whom he actually is addresing.) +34:4 k045 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns justice 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is just” +34:5 k046 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes For Job has said, ‘I am righteous, but God has taken away my justice. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For Job has said that he is righteous but God has taken away his justice” +34:5 k2e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor but God has taken away my justice 1 Elihu is saying that Job has spoken of **justice** as if it were an object that God had **taken away** from him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but God has not been just in the way that he has treated me” +34:6 k047 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Would I lie about my justice? My arrow is incurable, without transgression.’ 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “Job has said that he would not lie about his justice and that his arrow is incurable, without transgression” +34:6 k523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Would I lie about my justice? 1 In this quotation by Elihu, Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I would not lie about my justice!” +34:6 k048 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Would I lie about my justice? 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I would not lie about whether I had done the right thing!” +34:6 i95p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy My arrow 1 In this quotation by Elihu, Job is using the term **arrow** by association to mean a wound from an arrow. (Elihu is referring back to what Job said in [16:13](../0161/13.md) about God’s archers fatally wounding him with arrows.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My wound” +34:6 k049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis without transgression 1 In this quotation by Elihu, Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “even though I am without transgression” +34:7 nd2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What man {is} like Job? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no other person like Job!” +34:7 glm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He drinks scorn like water 1 Elihu is speaking as if Job literally drank **scorn** the way he would drink **water**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He indulges freely in making scornful statements” +34:8 j3zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns doers of iniquity & men of wickedness 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquity** and **wickedness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “people who do what is iniquitous … people who are wicked” +34:9 k050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes For he has said, ‘It does not benefit a man when he delights himself with God.’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For he has said that it does not benefit a person when he delights himself with God” +34:10 n22e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor men of heart 1 Here the **heart** figuratively represents understanding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men of understanding” or “you wise men” +34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Sacrilege to God from wickedness, and Shaddai from iniquity 1 See how you translated the expression **Sacrilege to** in [27:5](../27/05.md). Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and from Shaddai to do iniquity” +34:10 k051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Sacrilege to God from wickedness, and Shaddai from iniquity 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and far be it from Shaddai to do iniquity” +34:11 ia8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns he repays & he causes him to find 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God repays … God causes him to find” +34:11 y31y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the deed of a man he repays to him 1 See how you translated the word “repay” in [21:19](../21/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God punishes a person for what he does” +34:11 k052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and according to the path of a man 1 Elihu is speaking of how a person lives as if that were a **path** that the person was walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and based on how a person lives” +34:11 k053 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns he causes it to find him 1 Here, **it** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with an equivalent expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “God causes things to happen to him” +34:13 n1w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who appointed {him} over the earth? And who set all of it under him? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “God did not need anyone to appoint him over the earth or to set all of the world under his dominion!” +34:13 k054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis And who set the world, all of it 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And who set the world, all of it, under his dominion” +34:14 d4kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If he set his heart upon himself 1 Here the **heart** represents the thoughts and perceptions. Alternate translation: “If he considered only himself” or “If he thought only about himself” +34:14 t8rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit {if} he gathered his Spirit and his breath to himself, 1 As he did in [32:](../32/08.md), here Elihu is alluding to the way that God originally breathed the breath of life into humans. You could indicate that explicitly in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “if he withdrew his Spirit and the breath of life from humans” +34:15 lah1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all flesh 1 Elihu is using the term **flesh** by association to mean the creatures that God made, which generally have flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creatures” +34:15 k055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism would expire together 1 Elihu is using the word **expire** to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “would pass away together” or “would die at the same time” +34:15 tmc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and man would return to the dust 1 Elihu does not mean that people would actively **return** to the **dust** on their own. Rather, as in [33:6](../33/06.md), he is referring to the way that God originally formed people from the dust of the earth, and he means that humans would die and their bodies would become dust again. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and people would die be buried and their bodies would decompose and become part of the dirt again” +34:16 lpb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular hear & listen 1 The imperatives **hear** and **listen** are singular because Elihu is now addressing Job directly. (He is marking a transition from addressing the other “wise ones” who are present by repeating those two terms, which he also used in verse 2.) So use singular imperative forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +34:16 h7bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis But if understanding 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But if understanding is to you” or “But if you have understanding” +34:16 giw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy listen to the sound of my words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he is about to say by using words. As in [33:8](../33/08.md), he may be referring to the **sound** of the words to mean the exact words, that is, exactly what he is going to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “listen to exactly what I am going to say” +34:17 rc4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Will one hating justice indeed govern? If you will condemn the Righteous {One}, the Mighty {One}, 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. (The second question continues into the next two verses, but in many languages it will not be necessary to translate those verses differently except for the punctuation at the end of verse 19.) Alternate translation: “One hating justice will certainly not govern! You should not condemn the Righteous One, the Mighty One” +34:17 s1zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom If you will condemn the Righteous {One}, the Mighty {One} 1 Elihu is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If you decide to retain the question form, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will not condemn the Righteous One, the Mighty One, will you” +34:17 l8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the Righteous {One}, the Mighty {One} 1 Elihu is using the adjectives **Righteous** and **Mighty** as nouns to mean a certain person, God, who possesses these qualities supremely. The ULT adds the word **One** in each case to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “God, who is supremely righteous and mighty” +34:18 n5xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes the one saying ‘Worthless!’ to a king, ‘Wicked!' {to} nobles, 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the one telling a king that he is worthless and telling nobles that they are wicked” +34:18 pa2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun to a king 1 Elihu is not referring to a specific **king**. He means kings in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “to kings” +34:19 k056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom who does not lift the faces of princes 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “who does not show favoritism to princes” +34:19 k057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to the face of the poor 1 In this context, the phrase **to the face of** means “in front of” or “ahead of.” Alternate translation: “ahead of the poor” or “more than the poor” +34:19 k058 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the rich & the poor 1 Elihu is using the adjectives **rich** and **poor** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “rich people … poor people” +34:19 sj41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all of them {are} the work of his hands 1 Elihu is using one part of God, his **hands**, to mean all of him in the act of making people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made all of them” +34:19 k059 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion his hands 1 If you decided in verse 17 to use a statement or exclamation to translate the question that begins in the middle of that verse and continues to the end of this verse, remember to use the punctuation here that your language uses to mark the end of a statement or exclamation. +34:20 xkd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor {in} the middle of the night 1 Elihu is speaking as if what he is describing generally happens to people literally **in the middle of the night**. He means that it happens suddenly and unexpectedly, as if it happened at the time when people are usuallly asleep. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suddenly and unexpectedly” +34:20 yx7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive people are shaken 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God shakes people” +34:20 nq3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism and they pass 1 Elihu is using the word **pass** to mean “die.” This is a mild or poetic way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “and they depart” or “and they die” +34:20 k060 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns and they take away the mighty 1 Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “and the mighty are taken away” +34:20 k061 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the mighty 1 Elihu is using the adjective **mighty** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “even the person who is mighty” +34:20 dsu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche not by a hand 1 Elihu is using one part of a human being, his **hand**, to mean all of him in the act of potentially taking away a mighty person (although Elihu says that no person actually does this). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not by a human being” +34:21 k062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns his eyes … and he sees 1 The first instance of the pronoun **his** and the pronoun **he** refer to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God’s eyes …; yes, God sees” +34:21 syl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his eyes are upon 1 Elihu is using one part of God, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he looks upon” +34:21 wn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the ways of a man, and he sees all of his steps 1 Elihu is speaking of how a person lives as if that were a **way** or path that the person was taking **steps** along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how a person lives, and he sees everything that he does” +34:22 em2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet There is no darkness and there is no deep darkness 1 The terms **darkness** and **deep darkness** mean similar things. Elihu is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no darkness at all” +34:22 k063 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be hidden 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to hide themselves” +34:23 k064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis he does not set upon a man 1 As Job does in [23:6](../23/06.md), here Elihu is leaving out some of the words of a certain Hebrew expression that occurs in full form in other places in the book. See how you translated the expression “set upon” in [23:6](../23/06.md). Alternate translation: “God does not set his heart upon a person” or “God does not consider a person” +34:23 dy7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis to go to God for judgment 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “so there is no need for any person to go to him for judgment” +34:24 hwl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He shatters the mighty 1 Elihu is speaking as if God literally **shatters** mighty people or breaks them into pieces. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He punishes mighty people by taking away their power and influence” +34:24 k065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the mighty 1 Elihu is using the adjective **mighty** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “mighty people” +34:24 nyi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns {with} no investigation 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **investigation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “without needing to investigate how they have been living” +34:25 z5n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he overthrows them & and they are crushed 1 Elihu is speaking as if God literally **overthrows** mighty people who do wrong, that is, as if God throws them down onto the ground. Elihu is also speaking as if God literally crushes these people, that is, breaks them into small pieces. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he takes away their power and influence … and they are destroyed” +34:25 hq7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in the night 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “in the middle of the night” in verse 20. Alternate translation: “suddenly and unexpectedly” +34:25 rxl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive and they are crushed 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he crushes them” +34:26 mwg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit their wickednesses 1 Elihu is using a plural form to indicate that these mighty people whom God judges are guilty of wickedness to a great degree. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “their great wickedness” +34:27 af3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they turned from after him 1 Elihu is speaking as if these wicked mighty people were literally walking behind God but then **turned** away to walk in a different direction from his. He means that they stopped obeying God’s commandments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they stopped obeying God’s commandments” +34:27 mv8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor and they did not consider any of his ways 1 Elihu is speaking of how God wants people to live as if that were a series of **ways** or paths that God wants people to walk along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they did not respect the manner in which God wants people to live” +34:28 d5r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result to cause the cry of the poor to come to him 1 In the first part of this verse, Elihu is indicating the result of what he described in the previous verse, wicked people not obeying God’s commandments or respecting the way God wants people to live. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As a result, they caused the cry of the poor to come to God” +34:28 k066 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the poor & the afflicted 1 Elihu is using the adjectives **poor** and **afflicted** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “poor people … afflicted people” +34:28 k067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom and he heard 1 Elihu is using the term **hear** in a specific sense to mean “answer.” Alternate translation: “and God answered” +34:29 k61c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If he is silent, then who will condemn {him}? If he hides {his} face, then who will perceive him? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Even if God is silent, no one can condemn him. If God hides his face, no one can perceive him” +34:29 w485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his face 1 Elihu is using one part of God, his **face**, to mean all of him in the act of hiding himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “himself” +34:29 j5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor {he is} over a nation and over a man alike 1 Elihu is describing God as **over** or spatially above each **nation** and **man** (person) in order to indicate that God rules them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he rules both individual nations and individual persons” +34:30 n7qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis from the reigning of a godless man 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to protect a nation from the reigning of a godless man” or “to keep a godless person from reigning over a nation” +34:30 k068 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor from snares of the people 1 Elihu is speaking as if the **people** of a nation would literally be caught in **snares** or traps if a godless person became their ruler. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to keep people from being oppressed” +34:31 k069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes If one says to God, ‘I have borne, I will not offend, 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If one says to God that he has borne but he will no longer offend” +34:31 k070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If one says to God 1 Elihu is suggesting a hypothetical situation in order to illustrate a point. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone said to God” +34:31 k071 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis I have borne 1 The speaker in this hypothetical situation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I have borne punishment for my sin” +34:32 u6ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes besides [what] I see, you teach me; if I have done iniquity, I will not continue,’ 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “if he asks God to teach him what he cannot see, and if he says that if he has done iniquity, he will not continue” +34:32 k072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo besides [what] I see, you teach me; if I have done iniquity, I will not continue,’ 1 This verse continues the hypothetical situation that Elihu is suggesting in order to illustrate a point. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that person asked God to teach him what he could not see, and suppose he told God that if he had done iniquity, he would not continue.” +34:32 k073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns you teach me 1 For emphasis, Elihu is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **teach**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “please teach me” +34:33 px78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom from with you will he repay it? 1 Elihu is using the expression **from with you** to refer, while addressing Job, to the perspective that Job has been expressing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will God still punish that repentant person, as you have been saying he would” +34:33 kc72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo from with you will he repay it? 1 This is the end of the hypothetical situation that Elihu has been suggesting in order to illustrate a point. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then, in your opinion, would God still punish that person” +34:33 xdv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom will he repay it 1 See how you translated the word “repay” in verse 11. Alternate translation: “will he still punish the person for having done wrong” +34:33 nw6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis you despise 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you belittle what we have been saying about how God deals with people” +34:34 k074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Men of heart 1 See how you translated the same expression in verse 10. Alternate translation: “Men of understanding” +34:34 k075 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns and a man of wisdom 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and any wise person” +34:34 qbs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis hearing me 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “hearing me will also say to me” +34:35 k076 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘Job does not speak with knowledge, and his words {are} not with understanding.’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 34: “that Job does not speak with knowledge and that his words are without understanding” +34:35 k077 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns with knowledge 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledg**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “knowledgably” +34:35 k078 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy and his words {are} not with understanding 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job has been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and what he says is not with understanding” +34:35 k079 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns and his words {are} not with understanding 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and he does not really understand what he is talking about” +34:36 znm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Job were tested 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would test Job” or “God would put Job on trial” +34:36 w7eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom upon {his} answers among men of iniquity 1 Elihu is using the word **among** in a sense that suggests that one thing is associated with another. He means that Job responds in a way associated with **men of iniquity**, as if he were such a person himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he answers as men of iniquity would” +34:37 fm5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction he claps 1 As in [27:23](../27/23.md), here clapping one’s hands is a symbolic action that expresses derision. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands derisively” +34:37 g7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy and he multiplies his words against God 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job has been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he says more and more things against God” +35:intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Elihu’s speech. In this chapter, Elihu speaks primarily to Job, although in the last verse he speaks about Job to the others who are present.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Does God not benefit when humans do what is right?\n\nIn verses 6–8, Elihu tells Job that whether he is good or bad has no effect on God; that only affects other people. Elihu probably means that God does not owe Job anything for being good and that God does not have to defend himself against Job being bad. But if what Elihu says is taken in a general sense, then it does not express the full teaching of the Bible. Elsewhere the Bible says that God is delighted when people obey him and that God grieves when people sin, knowing the destructive effects that this will have. God is glorified when people acknowledge that humans flourish when they obey his commandments. Elihu, like Job’s friends, says things that are true to a certain extent but that do not fully express the counsel of God as found in the Bible as a whole.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### reference of “you” and “your”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Elihu uses the pronouns “you” and “your” to address Job individually, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. In verse 3, in the quotation by Elihu, the pronoun “you” is also singular because Job is using it to address God. +35:1 k080 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys answered and said 1 See how you translated the same expression in [34:1](../34/01.md). Alternate translation: “responded” +35:2 s9jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you consider this to {be} justice? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not consider this to be justice!” +35:2 g7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular Do you consider this to {be} justice? 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word **you** is singular here and throughout the chapter because Elihu is addressing Job directly. So use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +35:2 yh9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Do you consider this to {be} justice? 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not consider this a just thing to say!” +35:2 l3t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes You say, ‘I am more righteous than God’! 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You say that you are more righteous than God” or, since this is not a direct quote from Job, “You speak as if you are more righteous than God” +35:3 k081 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases For 1 Elihu is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said in the previous verse that Job claimed to be more righteous than God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I say that because” +35:3 k082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis you have said, ‘What does it benefit you? What do I gain more than my sin?’ 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you have said to God, ‘What does it benefit you if I am righteous? What more do I gain by not sinning than if I do sin?’” +35:3 k083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes you have said, ‘What does it benefit you? What do I gain more than my sin?’ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you have asked God what it benefits him if you do not sin and what more you gain by not sinning than if you do sin” +35:3 w8qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What does it benefit you? What do I gain more than my sin? 1 In this quotation by Elihu, Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “It does not benefit you if I do not sin! I do not gain more by not sinning than if I do sin!” +35:3 k084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular What does it benefit you? 1 The word **you** is singular here because in this quotation by Elihu, Job is addressing God directly. So use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +35:3 k085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my sin 1 In this quotation by Elihu, Job is using the term **sin** by association to mean the act of sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I had sinned” +35:4 k086 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will answer you {with} words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what he is going to say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will speak in reply to you” +35:4 tp7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns I 1 For emphasis, Elihu is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **answer**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself” +35:4 k087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis and your friends with you 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will answer your friends with you” +35:5 k088 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Observe the heavens and see 1 The terms **Observe** and **see** mean similar things. Elihu is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Carefully observe the heavens” +35:5 k089 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the clouds soar above you 1 Elihu is saying implicitly that God is even higher above Job than the **heavens** and the **clouds**. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the clouds soar above you; God is even greater than that!” +35:6 t1v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If you sin, what do you accomplish against him? Or {if} your transgressions multiply, what do you do to him? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “If you sin, you do not accomplish anything against God. If your transgressions multiply, you do not do anything to him.” +35:6 s7x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification your transgressions 1 Elihu is speaking of Job’s supposed **transgressions** as if they were living things that could **multiply** on their own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you commit many transgressions” +35:7 m97k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If you are righteous, what do you give to him, or what does he receive from your hand? 1 Elihu is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “If you are righteous, you do not give anything to God; he does not receive anything from your hand!” +35:7 i418 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche from your hand 1 Elihu is using one part of Job, his **hand**, to mean all of him in the act of potentially giving something to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from you” +35:8 fa27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations {is} to a son of man 1 See how you translated the expression “son of man” in [16:21](../16/21.md). Alternate translation: “is to a human being” +35:9 p9sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural From the multitude of oppressions 1 Elihu is using the plural form **oppressions** in a context where the singular term “oppression” would suffice. This suggests that he is using the plural form for emphasis. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because of great oppression” +35:9 k090 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns they make a cry 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people generally. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “people cry out for justice” +35:9 zb6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy from the arm of 1 Here, **arm** represents power, and in this context, the term indicates that **mighty** people are using their power to hurt others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the violence of” +35:9 k091 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the mighty 1 Elihu is using the adjective **mighty** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “mighty people” +35:10 k092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes But one does not say, ‘Where is God my Maker, the one giving songs in the night, 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But one does not ask where God his Maker is, the one giving songs in the night” +35:10 k093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Where is God my Maker 1 The expression **Where is** indicates a desire to know whether God will act. For example, in [2 Kings 2:14](../2ki/02/14.md), Elisha asks, “Where is Yahweh, the God of Elijah?” as he strikes the Jordan River with Elijah’s coat in order to part its waters so that he can walk across the riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the question as the expression of a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that God my Maker would act on my behalf” +35:10 f89r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the one giving songs in the night 1 Here, **night** represents difficult circumstances, and **songs** represent the rejoicing of a person whom God has delivered. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one delivering people from difficult circumstances” +35:11 k094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes the one teaching us more than the beasts of the earth, making us wiser than the birds of the heavens?’ 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate this quotation in such a way that there would not be a quotation within a quotation, you can continue doing that here. Alternate translation: “the one teaching people more than the beasts of the earth, making them wiser than the birds of the heavens.” +35:11 k095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification the one teaching us more than the beasts of the earth, making us wiser than the birds of the heavens?’ 1 In this quotation, the speaker describes **beasts** and **birds** as if they were living thing that God could teach and make wise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gave us more understanding than the beasts of the earth and the birds of the heavens” +35:11 k096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive the one teaching us & making us wiser 1 The speaker is using the pronoun **us** to mean people and thus to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. +35:12 xj4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor There 1 Elihu is speaking as if the troubles that people experience were a place that they were in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In their troubles,” +35:12 k097 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom from the face of 1 In this context, this expression means “because of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of” +35:12 k098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj evil {ones} 1 Elihu is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. The ULT adds the word **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil people” +35:13 k099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns God does not hear vanity 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **vanity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here the word **vanity** describes a cry to God for help that is insincere. The person asking for God’s help has not repented of the sins that have gotten him into trouble; he is still doing “evil,” as verse 12 indicates. Alternate translation: “God does not hear an insincere prayer for help” +35:13 k100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom God does not hear vanity 1 Elihu is using the term **hear** in a specific sense to mean “answer.” Alternate translation: “God will not answer an insincere prayer for help” +35:13 k101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism and Shaddai does not regard it 1 In this context, the word **regard** also means “answer.” Elihu is using both hearing and seeing in parallel statements to emphasize his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. (You could also combine both parts of this verse into a single statement, as the UST does.) Alternate translation: “no, Shaddai will not answer such a prayer” +35:14 di2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis How much less that 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “How much less will God answer your prayers, given that” +35:14 c513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations you say you do not see him, the case {is} to his face, and you are waiting for him 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “you say, ‘I do not see him; the case is to his face, and I am waiting for him,’” +35:14 njy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the case {is} to his face 1 In this context, the phrase **to the face of** means “in front of.” This is likely a reference to the written documents that people in this culture prepared for legal proceedings, as a note to [31:35](../31/35.md) discusses. Job would be saying that his testimony was “in front of” God, that is, he had submitted it for God to read. Alternate translation: “you have submitted your case to him” +35:15 ub2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and now that {in} his nose, he does not visit, and he does not take much notice of transgression! 1 If you decided in the previous verse to translate the beginning of this indirect quotation as a direct quotation, you can also translate the continuation of the indirect quotation here as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and also, ‘In his anger, he does not visit, and he does not take much notice of transgression’!” +35:15 kpu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he does not visit 1 As Job did in [31:14](../31/14.md), here Elihu is using the term **visit** in a particular sense. When applied to God, the term often indicates that God takes action in the life of a person or group, whether to help needy people or to punish guilty people. Here it has the latter sense. Alternate translation: “God does not punish people who are guilty of committing sin” +35:16 k102 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche So Job opens his mouth 1 Elihu is using the first part of the speaking process, opening one’s **mouth**, to mean the entire process of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So Job speaks” +35:16 k103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns without knowledge 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “without knowing what he is talking about” +35:16 ben3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he multiplies words 1 Elihu is using the term **words** to mean what Job has been saying by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he says many things” 36:intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAccording to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s justice\nThis chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) 36:2 h1hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will show you some things 0 Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” 36:3 c3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will obtain my knowledge from far off 0 Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge”